You are on page 1of 124

CONNECTORS

FOR TIMBER
AND MASONRY
CONSTRUCTION

C-UK08
+44 (0)1827 255 600
www.strongtie.co.uk
Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

GENERAL ALPHABETICAL PRODUCT INDEX

1ARB Arrisrail Bracket 121 HIU Heavy Face Fix 60-63 PBS Post Base With Stand Off 92
1EXT Wall Extension Profile 103 I-Joist Hanger PC Post Cap 93
1FUR Wall Extension Profile 103 HIUB Heavy Metal Web Hanger 78-81 PEB Plasterboard Edge Bead 114
1MPP Galvanised Wall Extension Profile 103 HJHM Heavy Masonry Solid Joist Hanger 25-27 PP Elevated Post Base 92
1MPS Stainless Steel Wall Extension Profile 103 HJHMI Heavy Masonry I-Joist Hanger 28-30 PSB Plaster Stop Bead 114
A Angles 85 HRC Hip Ridge Connector 83 PWT Party Wall Tie 101
A34 Framing Anchor 84 HSA Herringbone Joist Strut 99 RBL Ribbed Metal Lathing 117
o
A35 Flexible Framing Anchor 84 HSUL Heavy 45 Skewed Left I-Joist Hanger 66 RR Ridge Rafter Connector 43
o
ABE Economy Post Anchor Base 92 HSUR Heavy 45 Skewed Right I-Joist Hanger 66 RTA Rigid Tie Angle 86
AM Semi-Circular Archmaker 118-119 HU Heavy Face Fix I-Joist Hanger 64-65 SAB Standard Angle Bead 115
BI Top Flange I-Joist Hanger 56-57 HUS Heavy Mono Truss Hanger 71 SAE Heavy Face Fix Hanger 40-41
BSB Bracing Shelf Support Bracket 76 IRC Insulation Retaining Clip 110 SAI Heavy Face Fix Hanger 40-41
BSP Bridging Section 118-119 ITB Backer Free I-Joist Hanger 46-48 with Concealed Flanges
BTS4 Brick-Timber Stainless Steel Wall Tie 110 ITBS Backer Free Skewed I-Joist Hanger 50-51 SCREWS 21, 82
C2K Crocodile Wall Exntension Profile 102 ITT Top Flange I-Joist Hanger 54-55 SES I-Joist End Seal 32-33
CB Welded Column Base 92 IUB Face Fix Metal Web Hanger 78-81 SFC Surface Fix Channel 106-107
CBR Masonry Reinforcement Mesh 115 IUT Face Fix I-Joist Hanger 60-62 SFH Safety Fast Hanger 22-23
CC Column Caps 93 JHA Joist Hanger with Adjustable Height 38-39 SFHI Safety Fast Hanger for I-Joist 34-36
CJ Ceejay Construction Joint Former 104-105 JHM Masonry Joist Hanger 25-27 SFJC Safety Fast Joist Cap 24, 31
CJGCCW Crack Control Wall Starter 108 JHMI Masonry I-Joist Hanger 28-30 SFWH Safety Fast Welded Joist Hanger 22-23
CLIP Wall Panel Clips 121 L Light Restraint Strap 96-97 SFWHI Safety Fast Welded Joist Hanger 34-36
COR Semi-Circular Arch Formers 118-119 L70 Reinforcing Angle 85 for I-Joist
CP Cam Plates 76 LBV Top Flange I-Joist Hanger 56-57 SPA Sole Plate Anchor 120
DML Expanded Metal Lathing 116 LES Light Engineered Restraint Strap 94-95 SPWG Square Plate Washer 120
DSTC Double Sided Timber Connector 91 LS Skewable Angle 91 SSTC Single Sided Timber Connector 91
E Angle Bracket 86 LSSU Light Sloped/Skewed 68 STB Bonded Strip Wall Tie 109
EA Light Reinforced Angle Bracket 87 I-Joist Hanger STDB Debonded Strip Wall Tie 109
o
EC Light Angle Bracket 87 LSTA Strap Tie 99 SUL/R 45 Skewed Left/Right Joist Hanger 43
o
EFIXR Adjustable Angle Bracket 88 LSU Light Sloped/Skewed 68 SUL/RI 45 Skewed Left/Right I-Joist Hanger 66
EFIXS Adjustable Angle Bracket 88 I-Joist Hanger T Brackets 91
END Multi Angle Bracket 88 LTS Light Twist Strap 99 TBE Truss Bearing Enhancer 74
EPC End Post Cap 93 LUP Speed Prong Joist Hanger 42 TC Scissor Truss Clip 75
ERS Bell End Render Stop Bead 114 LUS Light Mono Truss Hanger 71 TCB Thin Coat Angle Bead 115
ES Nail Plate Angle Bracket 88 LWTS Brick-Brick Stainless Steel Wall Tie 110 TCP Truss Clip 70
ESP Extra Soffit Piece 118-119 MH Mini Joist Hanger 42 THA Truss Hanger, Adjustable Height Strap 72
ETFS Timber Frame Hold Down Strap 100 MH Mini Joist Hanger for I-Joists 64 THAI Adjustable Height I-Joist Hanger 67
FB Fixing Band 99 MJC Multi Joist Connector 49 THG Truss Girder-Girder Hanger 73
FMS Folded Mini Strap 98 MIT Medium Top Flange 54-55 TLT Twist Lock Ties 106-107
FT Frame Tie 109 I-Joist Hanger TPA Tie Plate 76
GLTV Welded Top Flange EWP Hanger 58-59 MIU Medium Face Fix 60-63 TU Concealed Beam Hanger 44-45
GS Glide Shoe 70 I-Joist Hanger U Face Fix Hanger for I-Joist 64-65
H High Wind Ties 90 MMB Mini Mesh Bead 115 VPA Variable Pitch Connector 69
H Heavy Restraint Strap 96-97 MP Mending Plate 121 VTC2 Valley Truss Clip 77
HES Heavy Engineered Restraint Strap 94-95 MTS Medium Twist Strap 99 WBT Window Board Tie 109
HGUS Heavy I-Joist Hanger 66 MVB Movement Bead 114 WP Warwick Semi-Circular Arch Former 118-119
HGUS Heavy Girder Truss Hanger 71 NAILS 20 WPU Welded Top Flange EWP Hanger 58-59
HI Scrolled Hip Iron 121 NS Nail Stopper 120 ZS Slotted Z Clip 52
HITB Heavy Backer Free 46-48
I-Joist Hanger

2
Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

CONNECTOR SELECTOR
CONNECTOR SELECTION KEY Products are divided into twelve categories, identified by tabs along the page’s outer edge.

Masonry Hangers - Solid Joist 22-27

Masonry Hangers - I-Joist 28-37


129-150

Timber Hangers - Solid Joist 38-45

Timber Hangers - I-Joist 46-69

Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors 70-83

Angle Brackets & Ties 84-89

Timber Connectors 90-91


Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Caps & Bases 92-93

Straps 94-101

Masonry Connectors 102-111

Bead & Mesh 112-119

Miscellaneous 120-121

3
Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

ENGINEERED TIMBER ALPHABETICAL PRODUCT INDEX

The following indices have been added to help identify and locate the sections of this catalogue which are most relevant to the
Engineered Timber sector.

The three sections identied here: Timber Frame, I-Joist and Truss & Metal Web, can also be provided as a separate dedicated pdf
file which is available via download from www.strongtie.co.uk or as a CD-ROM available from Simpson Strong-Tie on request.

TIMBER FRAME ALPHABETICAL PRODUCT INDEX

1ARB Arrisrail Bracket 121 HSA Herringbone Joist Strut 99 PBS Post Base With Stand Off 92
o
A Angles 85 HSUL Heavy 45 Skewed Left I-Joist Hanger 66 PC Post Cap 93
A35 Flexible Framing Anchor 84 HSUR Heavy 45o Skewed Right I-Joist Hanger 66 PP Elevated Post Base 92
ABE Economy Post Anchor Base 92 HU Heavy Face Fix I-Joist Hanger 64-65 PWT Party Wall Tie 101
BI Top Flange I-Joist Hanger 56-57 HUS Heavy Mono Truss Hanger 71 RR Ridge Rafter Connector 129-150 43
BSB Bracing Shelf Support Bracket 76 ITB Backer Free I-Joist Hanger 46-48 RTA Rigid Tie Angle 86
BTS4 Brick-Timber Stainless Steel Wall Tie 110 ITBS Backer Free Skewed I-Joist Hanger 50-51 SAE Heavy Face Fix Hanger 40-41
CB Welded Column Base 92 ITT Top Flange I-Joist Hanger 54-55 SAI Heavy Face Fix Hanger 40-41
CC Column Caps 93 IUB Face Fix Metal Web Hanger 78-81 with Concealed Flanges
CP Cam Plates 76 IUT Face Fix I-Joist Hanger 60-62 SCREWS 21, 82
DSTC Double Sided Timber Connector 91 JHA Joist Hanger with Adjustable Height 38-39 SES I-Joist End Seal 32-33
E Angle Bracket 86 JHM Masonry Joist Hanger 25-27 SFH Safety Fast Hanger 22-23
EA Light Reinforced Angle Bracket 87 JHMI Masonry I-Joist Hanger 28-30 SFHI Safety Fast Hanger for I-Joist 34-36
EC Light Angle Bracket 87 L70 Reinforcing Angle 85 SFJC Safety Fast Joist Cap 24, 31
EFIXR Adjustable Angle Bracket 88 LBV Top Flange I-Joist Hanger 56-57 SFWH Safety Fast Welded Joist Hanger 22-23
EFIXS Adjustable Angle Bracket 88 LES Light Engineered Restraint Strap 94-95 SFWHI Safety Fast Welded Joist Hanger 34-36
END Multi Angle Bracket 88 LS Skewable Angle 91 for I-Joist
EPC End Post Cap 93 LSSU Light Sloped/Skewed 68 SPA Sole Plate Anchor 120
ES Nail Plate Angle Bracket 88 I-Joist Hanger SPWG Square Plate Washer 120
ETFS Timber Frame Hold Down Strap 100 LSTA Strap Tie 99 SSTC Single Sided Timber Connector 91
o
FB Fixing Band 99 LSU Light Sloped/Skewed 68 SUL/R 45 Skewed Left/Right Joist Hanger 43
FMS Folded Mini Strap 98 I-Joist Hanger SUL/RI 45o Skewed Left/Right I-Joist Hanger 66
FT Frame Tie 109 LTS Light Twist Strap 99 T Brackets 91
GLTV Welded Top Flange EWP Hanger 58-59 LUP Speed Prong Joist Hanger 42 TBE Truss Bearing Enhancer 74
GS Glide Shoe 70 LUS Light Mono Truss Hanger 71 TC Scissor Truss Clip 75
H High Wind Ties 90 LWTS Brick-Brick Stainless Steel Wall Tie 110 TCP Truss Clip 70
HES Heavy Engineered Restraint Strap 94-95 MH Mini Joist Hanger 42 THA Truss Hanger, Adjustable Height Strap 72
HGUS Heavy I-Joist Hanger 66 MH Mini Joist Hanger for I-Joists 64 THAI Adjustable Height I-Joist Hanger 67
HGUS Heavy Girder Truss Hanger 71 MJC Multi Joist Connector 49 THG Truss Girder-Girder Hanger 73
HITB Heavy Backer Free 46-48 MIT Medium Top Flange 54-55 TPA Tie Plate 76
I-Joist Hanger I-Joist Hanger TU Concealed Beam Hanger 44-45
HIU Heavy Face Fix 60-63 MIU Medium Face Fix 60-63 U Face Fix Hanger for I-Joist 64-65
I-Joist Hanger I-Joist Hanger VPA Variable Pitch Connector 69
HIUB Heavy Metal Web Hanger 78-81 MP Mending Plate 121 VTC2 Valley Truss Clip 77
HJHM Heavy Masonry Solid Joist Hanger 25-27 MTS Medium Twist Strap 99 WBT Window Board Tie 109
HJHMI Heavy Masonry I-Joist Hanger 28-30 NAILS 20 WPU Welded Top Flange EWP Hanger 58-59
HRC Hip Ridge Connector 83 NS Nail Stopper 120 ZS Slotted Z Clip 52

4
Connectors
Masonry
for Timber
Connectors
and Masonry Construction

I-JOIST
C2K Crocodile
ALPHABETICAL PRODUCT INDEX
Wall Extension Profiles

BI Top Flange I-Joist Hanger 56-57 ITBS Backer Free Skewed I-Joist Hanger 50-51 SAE Heavy Face Fix Hanger 40-41
CB Welded Column Base 92 ITT Top Flange I-Joist Hanger 54-55 SAI Heavy Face Fix Hanger 40-41
CC Column Caps 93 IUT Face Fix I-Joist Hanger 60-62 with Concealed Flanges
EPC End Post Cap 93 JHMI Masonry I-Joist Hanger 28-30 SCREWS 21, 82
FMS Folded Mini Strap 98 LBV Top Flange I-Joist Hanger 56-57 SES I-Joist End Seal 32-33
GLTV Welded Top Flange EWP Hanger 58-59 LS Skewable Angle 91 SFHI Safety Fast Hanger for I-Joist 34-36
HES Heavy Engineered Restraint Strap 94-95 LSSU Light Sloped/Skewed 68 SFJC Safety Fast Joist Cap 24, 31
HGUS Heavy I-Joist Hanger 66 I-Joist Hanger SFWHI Safety Fast Welded Joist Hanger 34-36
HGUS Heavy Girder Truss Hanger 71 LSU Light Sloped/Skewed 68 for I-Joist 129-150
HITB Heavy Backer Free 46-48 I-Joist Hanger SUL/R 45o Skewed Left/Right Joist Hanger 43
o
I-Joist Hanger MH Mini Joist Hanger for I-Joists 64 SUL/RI 45 Skewed Left/Right I-Joist Hanger 66
HIU Heavy Face Fix 60-63 MJC Multi Joist Connector 49 THAI Adjustable Height I-Joist Hanger 67
I-Joist Hanger MIT Medium Top Flange 54-55 TU Concealed Beam Hanger 44-45
HJHMI Heavy Masonry I-Joist Hanger 28-30 I-Joist Hanger U Face Fix Hanger for I-Joist 64-65
o
HSUL Heavy 45 Skewed Left I-Joist Hanger 66 MIU Medium Face Fix 60-63 VPA Variable Pitch Connector 69
o
HSUR Heavy 45 Skewed Right I-Joist Hanger 66 I-Joist Hanger WPU Welded Top Flange EWP Hanger 58-59
HU Heavy Face Fix I-Joist Hanger 64-65 NAILS 20 ZS Slotted Z Clip 52
ITB Backer Free I-Joist Hanger 46-48 PC Post Cap 93

TRUSS & METAL WEB JOIST ALPHABETICAL PRODUCT INDEX

A35 Flexible Framing Anchor 84 HSUR Heavy 45o Skewed Right I-Joist Hanger 66 SAI Heavy Face Fix Hanger 40-41
ABE Economy Post Anchor Base 92 HUS Heavy Mono Truss Hanger 71 with Concealed Flanges
BSB Bracing Shelf Support Bracket 76 IUB Face Fix Metal Web Hanger 78-81 SCREWS 21, 82
CB Welded Column Base 92 JHA Joist Hanger with Adjustable Height 38-39 SFH Safety Fast Hanger 22-23

CC Column Caps 93 JHM Masonry Joist Hanger 25-27 SFHI Safety Fast Hanger for I-Joist 34-36

CP Cam Plates 76 JHMI Masonry I-Joist Hanger 28-30 SFJC Safety Fast Joist Cap 24, 31

DSTC Double Sided Timber Connector 91 LBV Top Flange I-Joist Hanger 56-57 SSTC Single Sided Timber Connector 91
o
E Angle Bracket 86 LES Light Engineered Restraint Strap 94-95 SUL/R 45 Skewed Left/Right Joist Hanger 43
o
EPC End Post Cap 93 LS Skewable Angle 91 SUL/RI 45 Skewed Left/Right I-Joist Hanger 66

FB Fixing Band 99 LSU Light Sloped/Skewed 68 TBE Truss Bearing Enhancer 74


I-Joist Hanger TC Scissor Truss Clip 75
FT Frame Tie 109
FMS Folded Mini Strap 98 LTS Light Twist Strap 99 TCP Truss Clip 70
GS Glide Shoe 70 LUP Speed Prong Joist Hanger 42 THA Truss Hanger, Adjustable Height Strap 72

HES Heavy Engineered Restraint Strap 94-95 LUS Light Mono Truss Hanger 71 THG Truss Girder-Girder Hanger 73
Mini Joist Hanger for I-Joists 64 TPA Tie Plate 76
HGUS Heavy Girder Truss Hanger 71 MH
HIUB Heavy Metal Web Hanger 78-81 MP Mending Plate 121 TU Concealed Beam Hanger 44-45

HJHM Heavy Masonry Solid Joist Hanger 25-27 MTS Medium Twist Strap 99 VPA Variable Pitch Connector 69

HJHMI Heavy Masonry I-Joist Hanger 28-30 NAILS 20 VTC2 Valley Truss Clip 77
WPU Welded Top Flange EWP Hanger 58-59
HRC Hip Ridge Connector 83 RR Ridge Rafter Connector 43
ZS Slotted Z Clip 52
HSUL Heavy 45o Skewed Left I-Joist Hanger 66 SAE Heavy Face Fix Hanger 40-41

5
Connectors
Masonry Connectors
for Timber and Masonry Construction

NEW
C2K Crocodile
PRODUCTS FOR
Wall Extension 2008
Profiles

SES I-Joist End Seal


The SES Simpson End Seal provides a fast and effective solution to reduce air leakage
through ‘pocket masonry’ in block wall. Once installed, it removes the need for mastic
sealant around the perimeter of joists.

HES/LES Heavy and Light Engineered Restraint Straps


The innovative design of these new lightweight straps allows ease of handling and
installation whilst maintaining the structural strength and robustness of much
heavier weight straps. They save time in installation in both horizontal and vertical 129-150
applications and are CE marked.

MJC Multiple Joist Connector


The MJC allows two joists to be fixed together to act as a single unit,
transferring the incoming load from the loaded ply to the unloaded ply.
The MJC is an improved solution to the traditional filler block detail, which historically has
been time consuming to fit and difficult to check if fitted or if fitted correctly.

ITBS Skewable Top Flange I-Joist Hanger


The revolutionary ITBS reduces build cost, confusion, speed of installation and stock
holding. The ITBS solves the problem of skew hangers in timber to timber connections. It
can be handed left or right on site by the carpenter, removing confusion when the floor is
built opposite to the drawing.

HITB Heavy Duty I-Joist Hanger


The HITB is a hanger that eliminates the requirement for backer blocks when supported from
an i-joist header. The bottom flange location tabs and an open top flange provide enhanced
capacity and improved ease of installation.

HIUB Heavy Duty Metal Web Floor Truss Hanger


The HIUB hanger supports timber floor joists, or floor trusses, from metal web floor trusses.

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


The product incorporates the unique features of bottom flanges, which provide enhanced
capacity. The HIUB has open top flanges for improved ease of installation.

ETFSS Engineered Timber Frame Hold Down Strap


ETFS hold down strap provides restraint against uplift to timber frame structures keeping
them firmly on the terra firma no matter what passes by. The ETFS is the first timber frame
strap to be CE marked.

PWT Party Wall Tie


The PWT200 is the first connector specifically designed and engineered to connect the party
walls of timber framed buildings. The PWT200 is the first connector specifically designed
and engineered to connect the party walls of timber framed buildings.

FMS Folded Mini Strap


The FMS strap provides restraint to masonry walls when the walls are supporting joist ends.
They make installation easier, quicker and cheaper - without compromising on wall
stability. In place of the heavy traditional 30x5mm strap at 2.0m c/c spacing, the FMS strap
is installed to provide restraint at every joist end, whether built in or on hangers.

6
CE Marking:
A New Quality Standard 129-150

We were the first connector manufacturer in Europe to adopt the new CE


marking standard across our structural products range and the first in the
UK to manufacture fully CE marked products and throughout this edition of
our technical guide you will see many items indicated so.

Our European Test Laboratory located in Tamworth, Staffordshire is the


first manufacturer’s facility to achieve international standard
BS EN ISO/IEC 17025:2005 - which means we are accredited to carry out
testing for CE marking and development testing acceptable to all members
of The European Organisation for Technical Approvals - who issue
European Technical Approvals (ETA’s) for products.

By continually demonstrating our industry leading approach to design and


manufacturing and through significant investment in our own testing
facilities, we have become the only Company to have so much trust placed
in our own standards and processes.

All this is your guarantee that our structural products meet all the building
regulations and standards, and your assurance that at
Simpson Strong-tie we never take quality for granted.

www.strongtie.co.uk/ce

7
CE Marking: A New Quality Standard

Background
In 1985 a “New Approach to Technical Harmonization” was introduced through the European Commission (EC). A list
of Directives was formulated for a wide range of product types. E.g. electrical goods, toys...

One of these Directives was the Construction Products Directive (CPD).


In 1988 the European Committee for Standardisation (CEN) commenced preparation of Harmonised Standards for a
number of product types.

The standards define the requirements to determine suitability of the products for use under the Construction
Products Directive. They also make provision for CE Marking of products to demonstrate the product conforms to the
Essential Requirements of the CPD. Harmonised Standards have not been developed for all products but it is possible
to obtain European Technical Approvals (ETA) when a European Technical Approval Guideline (ETAG) exists.

Simpson Strong-Tie’s range of products is mainly covered by the following European Standards and ETAG’s which
have been used as the basis for capacity determination and CE Marking:

BS EN 845-1 Specification for Ancillary Components for Masonry


ETAG015 Three Dimensional Nailing Plates

Design Methods
European Design Standards, Eurocodes, are also being developed which will become compulsory early in 2010 and
supersede the existing national design codes.

The Eurocodes which impact on the Simpson Strong-Tie range of products are:

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


EN1993 Eurocode 3 Design of Steel Structures
EN1995 Eurocode 5 Design of Timber Structures
EN1996 Eurocode 6 Design of Masonry Structures

Most of the current UK national design standards are based on limit state design except for BS5268 for Structural
Timber Design which still uses allowable stress methods. Eurocode 5 introduces limit state design principles to
structural timber design in the UK for the first time. This requires the designer to use characteristic values for the
product capacities. The characteristic capacities (or resistances) are modified by partial safety factors to arrive at
design capacities. These factors generally increase the loads and decrease the capacity.

In timber design the duration of loading also influences the design capacity and a modification factor is applied
dependent on the duration.

Connector down loads are typically Medium Term Duration with a kmod = 0.8
Connector uplift are typically Short Term Duration with a kmod = 0.9

8
This catalogue generally presents characteristic resistances for timber to timber connectors as Modified
Characteristic Resistances i.e. the characteristic value having been modified by the appropriate kmod factor.
Please note the kmod factor does not apply to masonry hangers and connectors.
129-150

Actual Applied Loads x Partial Safety Factor on Loads = Design Load (or Factored Load)
Characteristic Capacity x kmod / Partial Safety Factor on Materials = Design Capacity
OR Modified Characteristic Capacity / Partial Safety Factor on Materials = Design Capacity
Design Load < Design Capacity

In previous catalogues we published only Safe Working Loads.

As we are in a period of transition between the use of allowable load and limit state design this catalogue includes
both types of capacity.

NOTE It is important Characteristic or Design Capacities are not compared with Actual Applied Loads when
selecting and designing a connector. Design Capacities i.e Characteristic Capacities factored as described above,
shall only be used to check against factored design loads.

The Allowable load design method utilises a Global Safety Factor to reduce the Ultimate or Failure Load to a
Safe Working Load, this must be greater than the Actual Applied Load.

The 2 methods can be compared graphically using the diagram below:

Ultimate or Failure Load


Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Characteristic Capacity1

x Kmod

Modified Characteristic Capacity 2


/ Global Safety Factor
/ Partial Safety Factor

Design Capacity
Design Load

x Partial Safety Factor

Safe Working Load


Actual or Applied Load
Actual Applied Load < SWL Design Load < Design Capacity
NOTE
1. Value used for masonry connectors as kmod does not apply.
2. Value used in catalogue for timber to timber connectors unless described otherwise.

www.strongtie.co.uk/ce
9
A connector is just a connector.
Isn’t it?

10
Safer buildings. Stronger construction.
Faster projects. Better service.
129-150
These are the things that make Simpson Strong-Tie the most
effective supplier of timber to timber, timber to masonry and
timber to metal connectors in Europe.

We lead the way in a few more areas too. We design, test and
manufacture more than any other company. And we have a
wider range with a larger stockholding capacity than any other.

We take pride in our unique mix of reliability, innovation and


customer support.

And, since every product is carefully designed to meet building


codes in every country in which we operate, you can be sure
that a Simpson connector is fit for purpose. Rigorous tests and
load calculations prove it. So you can build with confidence.

Look beyond the packaging, consider more than the price.

www.strongtie.co.uk

11
Dedicated Support: A new service
for the Engineered Timber Industry.

12
Every connector, in every box, comes
complete with a market-leading service for
customers. That’s Dedicated Support.

Recently we launched a brand new Engineered Timber Division


to focus purely on Engineered Timber.

Right now, our dedicated team of professionals are ready to


support Timber Frame, Engineered Joist and Trussed Rafter
manufacturers across the UK and Ireland.

We believe that no-one can match our range of quality products,


technical ability and expert knowledge. Our investment and
commitment proves just how important we know Engineered
Timber is to your future and we aim to provide a market-leading
service which is just as forward thinking.

Every connector you buy comes complete with:

• A new service level that is second to none.


• State of the art testing facilities.
• Unsurpassed technical expertise.
• One off solutions to technical issues.
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

• In-depth training for your staff.


• A continuous stream of new products made here in the UK.

We’re here to help you build faster, safer and more profitably.

www.strongtie.co.uk/etd

13
Quik Drive R

Auto-Feed Screw Driving Systems

Drywall Course

Drywall Fine

Wood to Wood Twin Lead

Wood Screw Course

Tile Roofing to Wood

Decking

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


Truck Bed

Pan Head

14
Fast, Simple, Reliable.

QuikDrive from Simpson Strong-Tie is the World’s finest


129-150
autofeed screw system. It significantly reduces the time and
effort required when fixing flooring, plasterboard, decking
and even truck beds using screws.

The system is compatible with leading screw guns and offers


speedy, easy to load and jam-free operation using our unique
collated screw clips.

The units are lubricated for life when manufactured, ensuring the
minumum wear and tear to the unit. When used in conjunction
with the extension kit (shown opposite) you’ll also experience a
lot less wear and tear to your knees and back too, especially when
working on flooring or difficult to reach applications.

• Unique ergonomic design.


• Light-weight and easy to handle.
• Curved rigid screw cartridge maximises efficient operation.
• One-hand reload.
• Simple depth control adjustment.
• Partially used clips can be saved for later use.
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

• Nose piece adaptors can be swapped in just a 1/4 turn.


• Wide range of adaptors to suit existing screw guns.
• Full range of high quality, collated screw clips available.
• A free ‘bit’ provided with every box of screws.

Call 01827 255600 to arrange an on-site demonstration.

www.qd.strongtie.eu/uk

15
Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Terms & Conditions

PRODUCT USE

Products in this catalogue are designed and manufactured for the specific purposes shown, and should not be used with
other fixings not approved by a qualified designer. Modifications to products or changes in installation procedures should
only be made by a qualified designer.

The performance of such modified products or altered installation procedures is the sole responsibility of the designer.

INDEMNITY

The Buyer’s shall indemnify Simpson Strong-Tie against any claim or liability in respect of any infringement of a patent or
registered design, copyright or other industrial property resulting from compliance with the Buyer’s instructions, express or
implied, and the Buyer undertakes further to indemnify the Simpson Strong-Tie for any loss, damage or expense in respect
of any liability arising under or by reason of the provisions of the Consumer Protection Act 1987 in relation to the
specification or design of such goods or any similar legislation in any other country in which the goods are supplied.

NON-CATALOGUE & MODIFIED PRODUCTS

Consult Simpson Strong-Tie for applications requiring modified products, or for fixings for use in hostile environments,
with excessive wood shrinkage, or with abnormal loading or erection requirements.

Non-catalogue products must be designed by the customer and will be fabricated by Simpson Strong-Tie in accordance
with customer specifications. Simpson Strong-Tie cannot and does not make any representations regarding the suitability
of use or load-carrying capacities of non-catalogue products.

Simpson Strong-Tie provides no warranty, express or implied, on non-catalogue products. Any party modifying
Simpson Strong-Tie products must provide the installer with specific instructions on the modified product’s
specifications, installation, and use.

LIMITED WARRANTY

Simpson Strong-Tie warrants catalogue products to be free from defects in material or manufacturing. Simpson Strong-Tie
products are further warranted for adequacy of design when used in accordance with design limits in this catalogue, and
properly specified and installed.

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


This warranty does not apply to uses not in compliance with specific applications and installation procedures set forth in
this catalogue, or to non-catalogue or modified products. In the event of any goods proving defective by reason of faulty or
incorrect design, workmanship, parts or materials, the Simpson Strong-Tie’s liability is limited to replacing or repairing the
goods, or, at the Simpson Strong-Tie’s option, crediting the value of the goods at the invoiced price.

In the event of any error in any dimension, capacity, performance or other description or information which has formed a
representation or is part of a contract, Simpson Strong-Tie’s liability in respect of any direct loss or damage sustained by
the Buyer as a result of such error shall not exceed the price of the goods in respect of which the description or information
is incorrect.

Simpson Strong-Tie will only be liable to the Buyer in respect of the matters set out in the above two paragraphs provided
that the Buyer has given notice of the defect as soon as reasonably possible and shall have either returned the goods to
Simpson Strong-Tie at Simpson Strong-Tie’s expense or provided authority for Simpson Strong-Tie’s servants, or agents
to inspect them. Save as provided in these conditions Simpson Strong-Tie shall have no further liability in respect of any
direct or consequential loss or damage sustained by the Buyer arising from or in connection with any defect or error as
aforesaid.

Except for the terms implied in the contract by section 12 of the Sale of Goods Act 1979 all conditions, warranties and other
terms, express or implied statutory or otherwise, are expressly excluded, save insofar as they are contained in these
conditions or otherwise expressly agreed by Simpson Strong- Tie in writing. If any legislation shall make it unlawful to
exclude any term from the contract the foregoing provision will not apply to any such term.

16
Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

COMPANY PROFILE

Simpson’s Quality Policy


We help people build safer structures economically. We do this by designing, engineering and manufacturing “No Equal”
structural connectors and other related products that meet or exceed our customers’ needs and expectations.

Everyone is responsible for product quality and is committed to ensuring the effectiveness of the Quality Management System.

Tom Fitzmyers Terry Kingsfather


Chief Executive Officer President
129-150

Quality Approval
Our European Test Laboratory located in Tamworth, Staffordshire
is the first manufacturer’s facility to achieve third party accreditation
to the international standard BS EN ISO/IEC 17025:2005.

4 0 24

Quality Management: ISO9001


Simpson Strong-Tie in the UK is ISO 9001 registered and in the US is
an ISO 9001 registered company.

ISO 9001 is an internationally-recognised quality management system,


which lets our customers know that they can count on the consistent
quality of Simpson Strong-Tie’s products and services.
Certificate No. FM14704.
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Simpson Strong-Tie and the Environment: ISO14001


Simpson Strong-Tie UK designs, manufactures and distributes pressed steel products for the construction industry.
It recognises that its processes and products do impact on the environment and so is committed to minimise this impact
through the following measures:

• Comply with relevant environmental legislation, industry codes of practice and other requirements.
• Avoiding, controlling or reducing pollution resulting from its operations.
• Take account of the concerns of interested parties such as regulators, shareholders, employees and the public.
• Set objectives to drive continual improvement programmes and regularly review environmental performance to evaluate effectiveness.
• Ensure that all persons working for or on behalf of the branch are aware of this policy and are trained in their environmental responsibilities.
• Make this policy available to customers and the public on demand.

This policy has been implemented within the framework of an environmental management system designed to meet the
requirements of BS EN ISO 14001, to which the Simpson Strong-Tie obtained certification in 2007.

17
Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

IMPORTANT INFORMATION
General Notes
This catalogue reflects changes in the allowable loads and configurations of some Simpson Strong-Tie® products. This catalogue is effective until 31st
December 2008 and supercedes all information in earlier publications of products shown. Information on safe working loads and configurations is updated
periodically. After 31st December 2008, contact Simpson Strong-Tie® for the most current product information.Allowable loads in the catalogue are for
the described specific applications of properly-installed products. Product modifications, improper loading or installation procedures, or deviations from
recommended applications will affect connector allowable load-carrying capacities.
These notes are provided to ensure proper installation of Simpson • Take wood shrinkage into account when designing and installing connections.
Strong-Tie® products and must be followed fully. Simpson manufactures products to fit common drytimber dimensions. If you
require a connector with dimensions other than those listed, Simpson may be
• Simpson Strong-Tie® reserves the right to change specifications, designs and able to vary connector dimensions; contact the factory.
models without notice.
• Top flange hangers may cause unevenness. Possible remedies should be
• Steel used for each Simpson Strong-Tie® product is individually selected evaluated by a professional and include using a face-fixing hanger or removing
based on the product’s steel specifications, including strength, thickness, material to accommodate the top flange thickness.
formability, finish, and weldability. Contact factory for steel information on
specific products. • Multiple member timbers must be fastened together to act as one unit to resist
the applied load.
• Unless otherwise noted, dimensions are in millimeters (mm) and loads are
downloads in kilo Newtons (kN). • Do Not Overload. Do not exceed the safe working load (SWL) which would
jeopardise the connection.
• Unless otherwise noted, allowable loads are for use with C16 (SC3) timber.
Products assessed in the USA were evaluated with Spruce-Pine-Fir timber. • Some model configurations may differ from illustrations shown. Contact factory
for details.
• Unless otherwise noted, bending steel on site may cause fractures at the bend
line. Fractured steel will not carry the load and must be replaced. Products • Fill all fastener holes with fastener types specified in the tables, unless otherwise
designed for bending at time of installation should only be bent once. noted. When nailing options are noted, the fasteners must be the correct type
and location to obtain full loading.
• A fastener that splits timber will not take the design load. Evaluate splits to
determine if the connection will perform as required. Dry wood may split more • Hanger options—some combinations of hanger options have not been
easily and should be evaluated as required. If wood tends to split, consider evaluated. In some cases, combinations of these options may not be
pre-boring holes with diameters not exceeding 75% of the nail diameter. installable. Horizontal loads induced by sloped joists must be resisted by other
members in the structural system. A qualified designer must always evaluate
• Timber shrinks and expands as it loses and gains moisture, particularly each connection, including the carried and carrying member limitations, before
perpendicular to grain. specifying the product.

Instructions to the Installer


• All specified fasteners must be installed according to the instructions for each • Masonry supported connectors must be embedded into correct strength mortar
connector. Incorrect fastener quantity, size, type, material, or finish may cause per British Standard.
the connection to fail.
• Hangers into masonry walls must have the minimum specified height of masonry
• Install all specified fasteners before loading the connection. above the hanger, with the mortar fully cured, before load is applied. Top flange
masonry hangers will not carry the design load without specified masonry
• Pneumatic or power-actuated fasteners may deflect and injure the operator above the top flange of the hanger.
or others. Nail guns may be used to install connectors, provided the correct
number and type of nails are properly installed in the holes provided. • Protruding nails should always be clinched to avoid injury.

• Guns with hole locators should be used. Follow the manufacturer’s


instructions and use appropriate safety equipment.

Instructions to the Designer


Characteristic capacities specified in this catalogue are modified characteristic capacities based on C16 timber grades unless otherwise specified.

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


They have been modified using the load duration factor k mod factor for the appropriate load duration as follows:

Download Capacities (Medium Term) Multiplied by 0.8


Uplift and Lateral Capacities (Short Term) Multiplied by 0.9

• The Safe Working Loads (SWL) shown in the Simpson Strong-Tie® Standards; BOCA, Building Officials and Code Administrators International, Inc.;
publications for the United Kingdom are derived from tests, calculations and and others. In these cases Safe Working Loads (SWL’s) are determined with the
assessments performed in the UK and the USA. use of data obtained through product load testing to destruction (except for
straight straps). The SWL is limited by the breaking strength divided by 3 or the
• The Safe Working Loads for timber-to-timber hangers showing the BM TRADA load at which the carried member reaches 3mm deflection with respect to the
Certification Q-Mark are based on testing and analysis carried out by TRADA carrying member.
Technology Ltd. (TTL). This work was conducted using the methods and crite-
ria developed by TTL under a joint Government/Industry sponsored research • Wood shear is not considered in the loads given; reduce allowable loads when
project intended to develop a British Standard method of characterising the wood shear is limiting.
performance of timber-to-timber hangers.
• Simpson Strong-Tie® strongly recommends the following addition to
• SAFE WORKING LOADS (SWL) are presented for use in permissible stress design construction drawings and specifications: substitutions for Simpson Strong-
in accordance with BS 5268: Part 2: 2002 for Service Classes 1 and 2. Tie® products must be pre-approved in writing by the designer’.

• Loads from Germany were in accordance to DIN design criteria and testing • Verify that the dimensions of the supporting members are sufficient to receive
required for Zulassung certification by the Institute für Bautechnique. the specified fasteners.

• Some products in this catalogue are designed, tested and evaluated in • Some catalogue illustrations show connections that could cause cross grain
accordance with U.S. industry standards including: 1997 National Design tension or bending of timber if not sufficiently reinforced.

Corrosion Resistance
Connectors are steel and will corrode and lose load-carrying capacity if exposed to ocean salt air, corrosive fire-retardant chemicals, fertilizers, or other substances that
adversely affect steel. In corrosive environments, especially for connectors that are not exposed to rain or periodic washing, deterioration will occur at a faster rate. The service
life of galvanized connectors in a temperate marine environment can be greatly improved by homeowner maintenance. Fasteners of comparable material should be used to
install the product.

Pressure-preservative treated and fire-retardant wood can be caustic to zinc coated (or galvanised) steel. Galvanised connectors should not be placed in contact with treated
wood that has not been properly air-seasoned or properly kiln dried. See material supplier for specific recommendations.

18
Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

HANGER OPTIONS
Options and Terminology
This information applies only to hangers manufactured by Simpson Strong- FINISH: See specific hanger tables. WM specials are hot dip galvanised
Tie and installed as per our installation instructions. Some combinations of after manufacture. All other welded hangers can be supplied with a
these options on a single hanger have not been evaluated. In some cases, galvanised or powder coated finish.
combinations of these options may not be installable. A qualified engineer
must always evaluate each connection, including header and joist INSTALLATION: Fastener quantities may be increased beyond the amount
limitations, before specifying the product. specified in the standard hanger table. Fill all holes with the table specified
fastener type.
Testing is performed using a standardised hanger test method. The joist in WHEN PLACING AN ORDER: Use the abbreviations below to order
the test set up may include a certain amount of structural stability. Header specials. The example shows a WPU200/45 hanger and illustrates most
and other attached structural; members are assumed fixed in actual available options: most special hangers have only a few of these features.
installations. Horizontal loads, induced by sloped joists, must be resisted
by other members in the structural system.

WPU S 200/45 D30 SKL20 TFDL20


129-150
S=100
MATERIAL: Material thickness may vary from that specified for standard
hangers configurations, depending on the manufacturing process.
Base Model Base Model SKL= Skewed Left S=Straddle
Generally welded hangers have one-piece stirrups; occasionally it may be Series Size 20 o, SKR=Right Width (100mm)
necessary to create a welded stirrup from two or three pieces.
Hanger configurations, height and fastener schedules may vary from the S=Straddle D=Down Seat Top Flange Down
table depending on the joist size, skew and slope. 30 o, U=UP U=Up Sear (20 o)

Terminology - refer to the table below for limits and possible combinations.
Skewed Seat Sloped Seat Sloped Top Flange Offset Top Flange

Straddle Concealed Flanges Return Top Flange

Skewed Seat: Skewed left or right, on plan. Suitable for floor or roof members skewed at an angle to the support. Specify skew angle and direction.

Sloped Seat: Sloped up or down on plan. Suitable for roof rafters supported on ridge beam. Specifiy slope angle and up or down.

Sloped Top Flange: Top flange sloped down to the left or right. Suitable for roof member supported on main rafter. Specify slope angle to horizontal,
slope down to left or right and low, centre or high side of stirrup flush with header.
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Offset Top Flange: Stirrup is offset to right or left end of the top flange, as viewed from joist. Suitable for support of trimmer beams from end of main
beam. Specify offset right or left.

Straddle: Two stirrups directly opposite each other. Suitable for support of joists on either side of main support beam. Specify width of support beam or
wall.

Concealed Flanges: SAE, HU and U hangers flanges concealed. Specify both flanges or single left or right flange concealed. For SAE minimum width
100mm, for HU & U minimum width 70mm.

Return Top Flange:Masonry JHM, HJHM & WHM hanger. Specify return R dimension.

Skewed Sloped Sloped Offset Concealed Combination


Model Return Straddle
Max. Angle Max. Angle Top Flange Top Flange Flange

B/BI 45 O 45 O 30 O
GLTV 50 O 45 O 30 O
HJHM - - -
O O
HU 67.5 45 -
O
JHM 45 - -
LBV 45 O 45 O 30 O
THG 45 O 30 O -
O
TU 45 - -
U 67.5 O 45 O -
O O
WPU 45 45 -
1. Refer to product section for applicable load reductions due to hanger options.

19
Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

NAILS
Many Simpson Strong-Tie® products are designed to use common nails, 3.75mm x 30mm 3.75mm x 75mm 4.0mm x 100mm
readily available to builders. Certain applications require special fasteners, Square Twist Smooth Shank Smooth Shank
such as those with length limitations or for use in hostile environments.

The table below shows common nails referred to in our design literature along
with special fasteners we supply upon request. Fasteners are only included
where specifically indicated in the current price list.

UK Calculated Nail Capacities


Timber Lateral Loads (N) 2,3
Size (mm) and Description
Grade Long Term Medium Term Short Term
3.75 x 30 Square Twist Shank C16 397 445 497
(Galvanised Coating) TR26 434 486 543
3.75 x 75 Smooth Shank C16 555 622 694 1. Table loads are based upon a metal thickness of
(Galvanised Coating) TR26 611 685 764 1.2mm.
2. Where metal thickness is less than 1.2mm reduce
4.0 x 100 Smooth Shank C16 618 692 772 loads to 80% of the value.
(Galvanised Coating) TR26 674 755 842 3. Where more than 9 nails are used in a line reduce
loads to 90% of the value.
4. Table loads are SWL’s in accordance with BS5268.

Nail Reduction Table


When the catalogue specified header nails are substituted with an alternate nail on Face
Mount Hangers and Straight Straps, the specified SWL’s should be multiplied by the
following SWL adjustment factors.

Replacement SWL Adjustment


Catalogue Nail
Nail (mm) Factor
1. Joist nails may not be substituted in double shear hangers.
3.75 x 75 0.84
2. Face nails on slope and skew combinations or skewed only LSU andLSSU
4.0mm 100mm 3.75 x 38 0.70 can not be substituted for alternative nails.
3.75 x 30 0.64 3. This table does not apply to fasteners specified for use with specials.

3.75 x 38 0.77
3.75mm x 75mm
3.75 x 30 0.72

Nailing Identification
Dome Double Positive Speed IUS ITT
Nailing Shear Angle Prongs Snap Tab
Nailing Nailing Detail Nailing

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


Dome Nailing: This feature guides the nail into the joist and header at a 45° angle. U.S. Patent 5,603,580.

Double Shear Nailing: The nail is installed into the joist and header, distributing the load through two points on each joist nail for greater strength.

Positive Angle Nailing: Provided when wood splitting may occur, and to speed installation.

Speed Prongs: Used to temporarily position and secure the connector for easier and faster installation.

IUS Snap Detail:The “Snap-In” teardrops and Strong-Grips allow the I-joist to “snap” in securely without the need for joist nails.

ITT Tab Nailing: The nail is hammered in at an angle to prevent the wood from splitting.

Hexagonal Obround Diamond Triangle Round


Holes Holes Holes Holes Holes

Hexagonal Holes: For use with SDS Screws (see opposite page).

Obround Holes: Used to provide easier nailing access in tight locations. Fasteners may be installed at an angle.

Diamond Holes: Optional holes to temporarily secure connectors to the member during installation.

Triangle Holes: Provided on some products in addition to round holes. Fill triangular holes when specified.

Round Holes: Fill all round holes unless otherwise specified.


20
Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

SCREWS

Coach Screw Which Requires No Pre-Drilling


The Simpson Strong-Drive coach screw has a hexagonal washer head for Identification on all
easy driving. The built in reamer and cutter drive allows for installation SDS screw heads
without pre-drilling. (SDS1 /4”x3” shown).

A new double barrier coating finish provides corrosion resistance superior to hot-dip galvanaisation.
Now one screw can handle interior, exterior and certain pressure treated wood application.

INSTALLATION:
SH
• For best installation use a low speed drill with 9.5mm ( 3 \8 ) hex head driver.
• The bottom of the screw head shall be installed flush to the surface of the member being connected.
• Do not over drive the Strong-Drive screws.
• Edge, end and spacing distances shall be sufficient to prevent splitting of the timber.
• Strong-Drive screws are recommended for use in dry conditions.
• Care should be taken during construction to prevent prolonged exposure to water or wet weather.
• Predrilling may be necessary depending upon the timber type and density.
• For further detailed installation instruction contact Simpson Strong-Tie’s Technical Department. L1

Dimensions (mm) SDS Driver


Model No.
L1 SH T
SDS 1\4 x 11\2 38 9 22 T
SDS 1\4 x2
1\2 63 19 38
SDS 1\4 x 3 76 19 50
SDS 1\4 x3
1\2 89 25 57
SDS 1\4 x 4 100 30 63
SDS 1\4 x 41\2 114 38 70
SDS 1\4 x 5 127 50 70
SDS 1\4 x6 152 63 83

Safe Working Loads (N)


Headside C16 C27 (TR26) SCL
Member
Width Long Medium Long Medium Long Medium The new 4CUTTM tip
Term Term Term Term Term Term reduces installation
35 435 552 519 658 701 890 torque and makes
38 462 586 552 700 745 945 driving easier.
44 520 659 620 787 838 1064
SDS1 /4”x3
45 530 672 632 802 854 1084 U.S. Patent 6,109,850
47 550 698 656 833 886 1125 5,897,280, 5,044,853
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

50 581 736 693 879 936 1188


63 720 913 859 1090 1155 1300
75 854 998 984 1098 1155 1300
89 854 998 984 1098 1155 1300
1. Strong-Drive scew capacities are based on single shear with a 25mm pointside penetration.
2. All capacities are in Newtons (N)and assume a perpendicular to grain loading.
3. 6.15mm smooth shank diameter.
4. Testing and assessment has been carried out by TRADA Technology Limited.
5. SCL refers to Structural Composite Lumber such as LVL, PSL etc. with an assumed density of 500 kg/cum.

The Simpson Strong-Tie screw has a needle point with cutter drive that ensures fast starts; a double
threaded shank reduces installation time and cost; a deep Phillips drive that reduces stripping and a
wafer head with a low profile finish.

Lateral Loads (N) 2,3


Model No. Description Finish4
Long Term Medium Term Short Term
SD8 x 1.25 4.1x32mm Screw EG 50
1. Table loads are based upon a metal thickness of 1.2mm.
2. Where metal thickness is less than 1.2mm, reduce loads to 80% of the value.
3. Where more than 9 screws are used in a line, reduce loads to 90% of the value.
4. EG=Electro-Galvanised.
SD8X1.25
5. SD8x1.25 screws are not to be used with structural connectors unless specifically stated in this catalogue.

For Metal Web Joist applications, please refer to page 84. For further
capacity and load information visit: www.strongtie.co.uk/bulletins.

21
Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists
Masonry Hangers

SFH/SFWH Safety Fast Masonry Restraint Hangers

The SFH Safety Fast Hangers are an innovative range of products that have been
designed to support timber joists, beams and trussed rafters from masonry walls SFH
without the need of supporting masonry above the top flange.

• Requires no masonry above the top flange to achieve the published S.W.L,’s Loads.
• Improved vertical and lateral load distribution.
• MiniStrap simply hooks onto the hanger.
• Enables the construction of the floor deck prior to the next lift of masonry.
• Reduces Health & Safety risks associated with the use of the traditional masonry
hangers with no masonry above.
• Eliminates the need for propping.
• MiniStrap provides lateral restraint capacity in accordance with CERAM, NHBC and
Zurich guidelines.
• Allows for retrofit of lateral restraint straps.
• Web stiffeners are not required with I-joist to achieve the load tables.

MATERIAL:

SFH: 2.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.


SFWH: 2.5mm mild steel
MiniStrap - 1.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
PATENT NOS.
FINISH: SFWH: Hot-dip galvanised. GB2316103, GB2354267
GB2390380
EP1200684
INSTALLATION:

• Use all specified nails.


• Build masonry to required level, ensuring any coursing bricks or blocks are at least
one course below the supporting block, and leave to cure.
• Place the Safety Fast Restraint Hanger over the inner leaf of blockwork, ensuring the SFWH
bearing plate is fully located onto the top of the masonry, sitting tight against the
front face and top of the blockwork.
• Sit the floor joists into the masonry hanger and ensure all joists are
correctly installed. The joists should be tight into the back of the hanger where
possible. The maximum gap between the back of the hanger and the end of the joist
is 6mm.
• Clip the Safety Fast MiniStrap onto the restraining hooks on the side of the hanger
and nail to the side face of the joist with three No. 3.75x30mm square twist nails.
INSTALL ONLY ONE PER HANGER.

GENERAL INSTALLATION NOTES

• The floor decking may be stored on the joists provided the load is uniformly
distributed between the several joists and does not exceed the hanger or joist SWL’s.
Refer to joist manufacturer or supplier for joist capacity and maximum construction
loads.

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


• The floor decking must be securely attached to each joist before additional loads
can be placed on the system. PATENT NOS.
• NB. Floor decking and blockwork is to be cut where necessary to fit around the GB2354267, GB2390380
upstand stiffeners. PATENT PENDING
EP1200684
• Pallets of blocks or other construction materials should be placed onto the
scaffolding and NOT directly onto the floor. The materials can then be evenly
distributed around the floor manually, ensuring hanger of joist SWL’s are not
exceeded.
SFWH100

MiniStrap (included with Safety Fast Hanger)

22
Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists

Masonry Hangers
SFH/SFWH Safety Fast Masonry Restraint Hangers

TYPICAL SFWH INSTALLATION TYPICAL SFH INSTALLATION

SFH HANGERS LOADS


Characteristic Capacity
Safe Working Loads (kN)
(kN)
Joist Fasteners
Model No. Joist Width Block Strength Block Strength

Hanger MiniStrap 2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2


Qty Nail Qty Nail Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC Solid LAC Solid DAC

< 60mm 5.1 6.2 6.2 13.34 13.34


SFH and SFHI 2 3.75 x 30 3 3.75 x 30
>75mm 6.7 8.0 8.0 17.47 17.47
<60mm 6.8 8.3 8.3 17.94 17.94
SFWH and SFWHI 2 3.75 x 30 3 3.75 x 30
>75mm 7.8 9.5 9.5 15.39 15.39

1. Loads are based upon tests conducted by CERAM Building Technology Ltd and are determined in accordance with EN 845 and BS6178.
2. Hanger SWL’s are achieved without masonry above the top flange.
3. The block thickness must be the same as the top plate width.
4. The lateral capacity exceeds that provided by traditional straps placed at 2m centres.
5. 3.75 x 30 refers to galvanised square twist nail (not supplied with hanger).

SFH HANGERS SFWH HANGERS


Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Joist Size Hanger Dimension (mm) Joist Size Hanger Dimension (mm)
Model No. Model No.

Width Height Width (W) Height (H) Width Height Width (W) Height (H)

150 SFH150/40/100 40 140 35 225 SFWH225/38/100 38 215


38
225 SFH225/40/100 40 215 225 SFWH225/40/100 40 215
38
150 SFH150/50/100 50 140 250 SFWH250/40/100 40 240
175 SFH175/50/100 50 165 150 SFWH150/50/100 50 140
50 200 SFH200/50/100 50 190 175 SFWH175/50/100 50 165
225 SFH225/50/100 50 215 50 200 SFWH200/50/100 50 190
250 SFH250/50/100 50 240 225 SFWH225/50/100 50 215
175 SFH175/75/100 75 165 250 SFWH250/50/100 50 240
75 200 SFH200/75/100 75 190 75 225 SFWH225/75/100 75 215
225 SFH225/75/100 75 215 100 225 SFWH225/100/100 100 215

23
Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists
Masonry Hangers

SFJC Safety Fast Joist Cap


The SFJC is an innovative and unique product which enables a
safe, practical and robust solution that satisfies the requirements
of ‘Approved Document L’ of the Building Regulations.
CERTIFICATE No 04/4170

The SFJC is designed to be used where timber joists are built into
a masonry external wall and eliminates the air leakage problems
associated with shrinkage of timber joists.

• SFJC305/50 and SFJC305/100 models accomodate a large


range of joists types and sizes.
• SFJC225/50 specifically designed for 50mm solid sawn
joists up to 225mm deep.
• Air leakage around the joist end is eliminated.
• Wide face flanges provide an air tight seal.

MATERIAL: Black Polyproylene.

The SFJC does not provide any lateral stability to the joists
during construction phase. It is therefore necessary to install
temporary bracing in accordance with the joists manaufacturers
instructions and/or standard construction practice, to ensure
temporary stability of the floor joists.

• Place floor joist onto wall and adjust to ensure correct


bearing at each end.
• Lift the floor joist and install SFJC over the end of the joist,
ensuring the SFJC face flanges are tight against the inner
SFJC
face on the masonry wall.
PATENT GB2392928,
SFJC225/50: SOLID SAWN JOISTS GB2393459

• Solid sawn joists up to 50mm wide and 225mm high can be installed directly into the
SFJC225/50.
• Nail the floor joist to the SFJC using four No 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails through the Typical SFJC225/50 Installation
holes located in the side flanges.

SFJC305/50: SOLID SAWN JOISTS

• Solid sawn joists up to 50mm wide and 300mm high can be installed directly into
the SFJC305/50. For narrower joist widths use the wedge cut outs to pack the
joist.
• Partly drive a 3.75 x 30mm square twist nail into the bottom chord of the joist in
front of the wedge to secure them in place.

SFJC305/100: SOLID SAWN JOISTS

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


• Steel joist plates slides into the slots within the SFJC and are fixed to the top and
bottom of the floor joists. Typical SFJC305/100 Installation
• Nail in place with 2 No 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails per plate.

• Install horizontal restraint straps at maximum 2m centres


• Nail to the timber joists with 8 No 3.75 x 30 square twist nails.
• Build up masonry between SFJC and continue with wall construction.
• Ensure all joints between the masonry and SFJC are fully filled with mortar.
• With the SFJC305/50 check the tightness of the wedges once wall is completed.
• If necessary, hammer wedges in tight and adjust retaining nail.
• Also if necessary, fill the void around the joist with mineral wool or expanding foam.

Solid Sawn Joist Sizes


Model No. Dimensions (mm) Hanger Dimension (mm)
(mm)
Typical SFJC305/50 Installation
Width Height Width Height Web Width Height

SFJC225/50 50 225 - - - 50
up to 225
SFJC225/100 100 225 - - - 100
SFJC305/50 50 305 up to 50 up to 50
up to 302 9 to 12 up to 300
SFJC305/100 100 305 up to 100 up to 100

1. 2 No SFJC Wedges supplied with each SFJC305/50.


2. 2 No Steel Joist Plates supplied with each SFJC305/100.

24
Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists

Masonry Hangers
JHM/HJHM Masonry Supported Joist Hangers

JHMs and HJHMs are one piece non-welded joist hangers for supporting timber joists,
beams and trussed rafters from masonry walls. JHM

• Built-in inspection slot at the base of the hanger to aid inspection from the ground.
• HJHM: Heavy duty masonry hanger for higher load carrying capacity.
• Top flange provides widest area in contact with masonry support allowing superior
performance. Embossments on JHM stiffen top flange and holes allow improved
mortar keying.
• JHM side flange on deeper hangers is much higher than traditional style, providing
greatly enhanced resistance to joist rotation.
• Regularised Timber: we have added new sizes to our JHM range to suit regularised
timber. Use 47mm or 91mm width hangers for this new application.

MATERIAL:

JHM and HJHM: Pre-galvansied mild steel.

INSTALLATION:

• Use all specified fasteners. See general notes.


• Set hanger back flange tight against block wall when built to desired level, then
continue with additional courses to complete wall height. Joist should be tight into
back of hanger when possible. Maximum gap permitted is 6mm.
• MINIMUM 3 COURSES OF SOLID BLOCK (675MM MASONRY) REQUIRED ABOVE
HANGER WITH MORTAR FULLY CURED BEFORE APPLYING LOAD.
• Do not stack blocks or heavy loads on the joists during construction unless the
joists have additional support to take the full load of the blocks vertically and
horizontally.
• The JHM joists hangers can be fixed to steel beams by means of powder actuated HJHM
fasteners.
• The shot-fired pins must be installed by a qualified person in accordance with the
manufacturer’s installation requirements.

OPTIONS

• Return configuration provides additional support by wrapping around three sides of


the block. Designate “return” and length of return dimensions when ordering.
• RETURN HANGERS DO NOT SATISFY THE REQUIREMENTS FOR LATERAL RESTRAINT
TYPE HANGERS.
• Straddle configuration provides two hangers connected across top of support
enabling exact alignment on both sides of supporting wall. Designate “straddle” and
length of straddle dimensions when ordering.
• JHM can be shot-fired into steel. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
• Other widths and heights available to order. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
• JHM’s up to 61mm width can be skewed from 5 to 45 deg. See skewed hanger load
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

table.

Fasteners
Safe Working
Model No.
Load (kN)
Steel Support Joist Nails (mm)

JHM 4 No Shot Fired Pins 4 - 3.75 x 30 5.17


JHM Shot-fired to steel
1. The above Safe Working Loads are based upon product tests using four No Hilti 12mm X-EDNI steel pins fired
through holes provided in the top flange of the hangers onto 4mm thick steel plate. Other pins may be used
provided similar structural performance in verified by the pin manufacturer.
2. Pin Head size must be sufficient to prevent pull through during loading.
3. The designer must ensure that the steel support member will support the imposed loads.
4. Install shot-fired pins in accordance with manufacturers instructions.

25
Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists
Masonry Hangers

JHM/HJHM Masonry Supported Joist Hangers

JHM HANGERS FOR TIMBER AND TRUSS HJHM HANGERS FOR TIMBER AND TRUSS

Joist Size Hanger Dimension (mm) Joist Size Hanger Dimension (mm)
Model No. Model No.

Height Height
Width Height Width (W) Width Height Width (W)
(H) (H)
100 JHM100/38 38 100 150 HJHM150/75 75 140
125 JHM125/38 38 125 175 HJHM175/75 75 165
150 JHM150/38 38 140 200 HJHM200/75 75 190
2ply 35 or 75
35 175 JHM175/38 38 165 225 HJHM225/75 75 215
200 JHM200/38 38 190 250 HJHM250/75 75 240
225 JHM225/38 38 215 300 HJHM300/75 75 290
250 JHM250/38 38 240
150 HJHM150/100 100 140
100 JHM100/47 47 100
175 HJHM175/100 100 165
125 JHM125/47 47 125
200 HJHM200/100 100 190
150 JHM150/47 47 150 2ply 50 or 100
225 HJHM225/100 100 215
44 175 JHM175/47 47 175
250 HJHM250/100 100 240
200 JHM200/47 47 200
300 HJHM300/100 100 290
225 JHM225/47 47 225
150 HJHM150/125 125 140
250 JHM250/47 47 250
200 HJHM200/125 125 190
100 JHM100/50 50 100 2ply 63
225 HJHM225/125 125 215
125 JHM125/50 50 125
250 HJHM250/125 125 240
150 JHM150/50 50 140
150 HJHM150/150 150 140
50 175 JHM175/50 50 165
3ply 50 or 2ply 200 HJHM150/150 150 190
200 JHM200/50 50 190
75 225 HJHM150/150 150 215
225 JHM225/50 50 215
250 HJHM150/150 150 240
250 JHM250/50 50 240
3ply 63 225 HJHM225/190 190 215
125 JHM125/63 63 125
150 HJHM150/200 200 140
150 JHM150/63 63 140
175 JHM175/63 63 165 4ply 50 or 2ply 200 HJHM200/200 200 190
63 100 225 HJHM225/200 200 215
200 JHM200/63 63 190
225 JHM225/63 63 215 250 HJHM250/200 200 240

250 JHM250/63 63 240 3ply 75 225 HJHM225/225 225 215

100 JHM100/75 75 100


125 JHM125/75 75 125
150 JHM150/75 75 140

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


2ply 35 or 75 175 JHM175/75 75 165
200 JHM200/75 75 190
225 JHM225/75 75 215
250 JHM250/75 75 240
100 JHM100/100 91 100
125 JHM125/100 91 125
150 JHM150/100 91 140
2ply 47 or 91 175 JHM175/100 91 165
200 JHM200/100 91 190
225 JHM225/100 91 215
250 JHM250/100 91 240
100 JHM100/100 100 100
125 JHM125/100 100 125
150 JHM150/100 100 140
2ply 50
175 JHM175/100 100 165
or 100
200 JHM200/100 100 190
225 JHM225/100 100 215
250 JHM250/100 100 240
125 JHM125/125 125 125
2ply 63
225 JHM225/125 125 215

3ply 50 175 JHM175/150 150 165


or 2ply 75 225 JHM225/150 150 215

26
Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists

Masonry Hangers
JHM/HJHM Masonry Supported Joist Hangers

TYPICAL JHM Installation JHMS Straddle Configuration JHMR Return Configuration

JHM HANGERS - LOADS

Safe Working Loads (kN) Characteristic Capacity (kN)


Joist Fasteners
Model Block Strength Block Strength

2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2 2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2


Qty Nail
Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC

JHM 4 3.75x30 6.25 6.25 9.37 10.10 10.10 13.98

HJHM HANGERS - LOADS

Safe Working Loads (kN) Characteristic Capacity (kN)


Size Range
Joist Fasteners
(mm)
Block Strength Block Strength
2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2 2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2
Width Height Qty Nail
Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC

40 - 74 140 - 400 2 3.75 x 30 8.45 8.45 13.50 12.67 12.67 20.25

75 - 200 140 - 400 2 3.75 x 30 10.62 10.60 13.50 15.90 15.90 20.25
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

91 - 200 140 - 400 8 4.00 x 90 10.60 10.60 15.52 15.90 15.90 23.28

201 - 300 140 - 400 2 3.75 x 30 8.50 8.50 10.80 12.75 12.75 16.35

1. Test conducted by CERAM Building Technology in accordance with EN846-4 and evaluated in accordance with EN845-1.
2. 3.75 x 30 refers to square twist nails.
3. Loads apply to solid block with minimum compressive strengths indicated. The block thickness must be at least the same size as the top flange length, as shown in the
illustrations above. For straddle hangers the minimum S dimension is 100mm to achieve published loads, except for HJHM hangers which must be twice the top flange length
of a single hanger.

SKEWED JHM HANGERS - LOADS

Safe Working Loads (kN)


Joist Fasteners
Model Block Strength

2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2


Qty Nail
Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC

JHM 4 3.75x30 5.05 5.17 5.17

1. Maximum width 61mm


2. Maximum skew 45o

27
Masonry Hangers for I-Joists

JHMI/HJHMI Masonry Supported IJoist Hangers


Masonry Hangers - I-Joist

JHMIs and HJHMIs are one piece non-welded joist hangers for supporting timber joists,
beams and trussed rafters from masonry walls. JHMI

• Built-in inspection slot at the base of the hanger to aid inspection from the ground.
• HJHMI: Heavy duty masonry hanger for higher load carrying capacity.
• Top flange provides widest area in contact with masonry support allowing superior
performance. Embossments on JHMI stiffen top flange and holes allow improved
mortar keying.
• Side flange is much higher than traditional style, providing greatly enhanced
resistance to joist rotation.

MATERIAL:

JHMI and HJHMI: Pre-galvansied mild steel.

INSTALLATION:

• Use all specified fasteners. See general notes.


• Set hanger back flange tight against block wall when built to desired level, then
continue with additional courses to complete wall height. Joist should be tight into
back of hanger when possible. Maximum gap permitted is 6mm.
• MINIMUM 3 COURSES OF SOLID BLOCK (675MM MASONRY) REQUIRED ABOVE
HANGER WITH MORTAR FULLY CURED BEFORE APPLYING LOAD.
• JHMI hangers have two PAN (see MIT hanger) or obround nail holes located so that
nails can be driven at an angle into the lower chord of an I-joist. Web stiffeners may
be required by the I-joist manufacturer.
• Do not stack blocks or heavy loads on the joists during construction unless the HJHMI
joists have additional support to take the full load of the blocks vertically and
horizontally.
• JHMI range of joists hangers can be fixed to steel beams by means of powder
actuated fasteners.
• The shot-fired pins must be installed by a qualified person in accordance with the
manufacturer’s installation requirements.

OPTIONS

• Return configuration provides additional support by wrapping around three sides of


the block. Designate “return” and length of return dimensions when ordering.

• RETURN HANGERS DO NOT SATISFY THE REQUIREMENTS FOR LATERAL RESTRAINT


TYPE HANGERS.

• Straddle configuration provides two hangers connected across top of support


enabling exact alignment on both sides of supporting wall. Designate “straddle” and
length of straddle dimensions when ordering.

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


• JHMI can be shot-fired into steel. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details.

• Other widths and heights available to order. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details.

JHMI Shot-fired to steel


Fasteners Safe Working
Model No.
Load (kN)
Steel Support Joist Nails (mm)
JHMI 4 No Shot Fired Pins 2 - 3.75 x 30 5.17

1. The above Safe Working Loads are based upon product tests using four No Hilti 12mm X-EDNI steel pins fired
through holes provided in the top flange of the hangers onto 4mm thick steel plate. Other pins may be used
provided similar structural performance in verified by the pin manufacturer. Pin Head size must be sufficient to
prevent pull through during loading.
2. The designer must ensure that the steel support member will support the imposed loads.
3. Install shot-fired pins in accordance with manufacturers instructions.

28
Masonry Hangers for I-Joists

JHMI/HJHMI Masonry Supported I-Joist Hangers

Masonry Hangers - I-Joist


TYPICAL JHMI Installation JHMIS Straddle Configuration JHMIR Return Configuration

JHMI HANGERS FOR ENGINEERED WOOD SIZES - LOADS

Safe Working Loads (kN) Characteristic Capacity (kN)


Joist Fasteners
Model Block Strength Block Strength

2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2 2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2


Qty Nail
Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC

JHMI 4 3.75x30 6.25 6.25 9.37 10.10 10.10 13.98

HJHMI HANGERS FOR ENGINEERED WOOD SIZES - LOADS

Size Range Safe Working Loads (kN) Characteristic Capacity (kN)


(mm) Joist Fasteners
Block Strength Block Strength

Width Height 2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2 2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2


Qty Nail
Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC

40 - 74 140 - 400 2 3.75 x 30 8.45 8.45 13.50 12.67 12.67 20.25


Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

75 - 200 140 - 400 2 3.75 x 30 10.62 10.60 13.50 15.90 15.90 20.25

91 - 200 140 - 400 8 4.00 x 90 10.60 10.60 15.52 15.90 15.90 23.28

201 - 300 140 - 400 2 3.75 x 30 8.50 8.50 10.80 12.75 12.75 16.35

1. Test conducted by CERAM Building Technology in accordance with EN846-4 and evaluated in accordance with EN845-1.
2. 3.75 x 30 refers to square twist nails.
3. Loads apply to solid block with minimum compressive strengths indicated. The block thickness must be at least the same size as the top flange length, as shown in the
illustrations above. For straddle hangers the minimum S dimension is 100mm to achieve published loads, except for HJHM hangers which must be twice the top flange
length of a single hanger.
4. Shading Indicates installation requires web stiffeners when used to support I-joists.

SKEWED JHMI HANGERS - SAFE LOADS

Safe Working Loads (kN)


Joist Fasteners
Model Block Strength
2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2
Qty Nail
Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC

JHMI 4 3.75x30 5.05 5.17 5.17

1. Maximum width: 61mm


2. Maximum skew 45o

Continued On Next Page.


29
Masonry Hangers for I-Joists

JHMI/HJHMI Masonry Supported I-Joist Hangers


Masonry Hangers - I-Joist

JHMI HANGERS FOR ENGINEERED WOOD HJHMI HANGERS FOR ENGINEERED WOOD
Joist Size Hanger Dimension (mm) Joist Size Hanger Dimension (mm)
Model No. Model No.
Width Height Width (W) Height (H) Width Height Width (W) Height (H)
114 JHMI114/40 40 114 195 HJHMI195/78 78 195
140 JHMI140/40 40 140 220 HJHMI225/78 78 225
184 JHMI184/40 40 184 235 HJHMI235/78 78 235
195 JHMI195/40 40 195 2ply 38 240 HJHMI240/78 78 240
220 JHMI225/40 40 225 245 HJHMI240/78 78 240
38
235 JHMI235/40 40 235 300 HJHMI300/78 78 300
240 JHMI240/40 40 240
400 HJHMI400/78 78 400
245 JHMI240/40 40 240
145 HJHMI145/91 91 145
300 JHMI300/40 40 300
184 HJHMI184/91 91 184
350 JHMI350/40 40 350
145 JHMI145/47 47 145
195 HJHMI195/91 91 195
184 JHMI184/47 47 184 200 HJHMI200/91 91 200
195 JHMI195/47 47 195 220 HJHMI225/91 91 225
200 JHMI200/47 47 200 2ply 45 or 89 235 HJHMI235/91 91 235
220 JHMI225/47 47 225 240 HJHMI240/91 91 240
45 235 JHMI235/47 47 235 245 HJHMI240/91 91 245
240 JHMI240/47 47 240 300 HJHMI300/91 91 300
245 JHMI240/47 47 240 350 HJHMI350/91 91 350
300 JHMI300/47 47 300 400 HJHMI400/91 91 400
350 JHMI350/47 47 350 220 HJHMI225/100 100 225
400 JHMI400/47 47 400 245 HJHMI240/100 100 240
240 JHMI240/53 53 240
300 HJHMI300/100 100 300
300 JHMI300/53 53 300 97
51 350 HJHMI350/100 100 350
350 JHMI350/53 53 350
400 HJHMI400/100 100 400
400 JHMI400/53 53 400
195 JHMI195/61 61 195
450 HJHMI450/100 100 450
200 JHMI200/61 61 200 240 HJHMI240/105 105 240
220 JHMI225/61 61 225 300 HJHMI300/105 105 300
2ply 51
235 JHMI235/61 61 235 350 HJHMI350/105 105 350
58 or 60 240 JHMI240/61 61 240 400 HJHMI400/105 105 400
245 JHMI240/61 61 240 195 HJHMI195/120 120 195
300 JHMI300/61 61 300 200 HJHMI200/120 120 200
350 JHMI350/61 61 350 220 HJHMI225/120 120 225
400 JHMI400/61 61 400 235 HJHMI235/120 120 235
220 JHMI225/66 66 225 2ply
240 HJHMI240/120 120 240
240 JHMI240/66 66 240 58 or 2ply 60
245 HJHMI245/120 120 245
63 300 JHMI300/66 66 300
300 HJHMI300/120 120 300
350 JHMI350/66 66 350
350 HJHMI350/120 120 350
400 JHMI400/66 66 400
400 HJHMI400/120 120 400
220 JHMI225/70 70 225
240 JHMI240/70 70 240
220 HJHMI225/130 130 225
245 JHMI240/70 70 240 240 HJHMI240/130 130 240
68 2ply 63
300 JHMI300/70 70 300 300 HJHMI300/130 130 300
350 JHMI350/70 70 350 400 HJHMI400/130 130 400
400 JHMI400/70 70 400 184 HJHMI184/135 135 184
195 JHMI195/75 75 195 200 HJHMI200/135 135 200
220 JHMI225/75 75 225 220 HJHMI225/135 135 225
3ply
235 JHMI235/75 75 235 240 HJHMI240/135 135 240
72 245 JHMI240/75 75 240 45
245 HJHMI245/135 135 245
300 JHMI300/75 75 300 & 133
300 HJHMI300/135 135 300
350 JHMI350/75 75 350 350 HJHMI350/135 135 350

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


400 JHMI400/75 75 400
400 HJHMI400/135 135 400
114 JHMI114/78 78 114
195 HJHMI195/146 146 195
140 JHMI140/78 78 140
220 HJHMI220/146 146 220
184 JHMI184/78 78 184
220 JHMI225/78 78 225
235 HJHMI235/146 146 235
2ply 38 235 JHMI235/78 78 235 2ply 72 245 HJHMI245/146 146 245
240 JHMI240/78 78 240 300 HJHMI300/146 146 300
245 JHMI240//78 78 240 350 HJHMI195/146 146 350
300 JHMI300/78 78 300 400 HJHMI195/146 146 400
350 JHMI350/78 78 350 184 HJHMI184/180 180 184
184 JHMI184/91 91 184 195 HJHMI195/180 180 195
195 JHMI195/91 91 195 4ply 220 HJHMI225/180 180 225
200 JHMI200/91 91 200 45 220 HJHMI225/180 180 225
220 JHMI225/91 91 225 or 2ply 235 HJHMI235/180 180 235
235 JHMI235/91 91 235 90 240 HJHMI240/180 180 240
2ply 45 or 89
240 JHMI240/91 91 240
or 1ply 178 300 HJHMI300/180 180 300
245 JHMI240/91 91 240
350 HJHMI350/180 180 350
300 JHMI300/91 91 300
400 HJHMI400/180 180 400
350 JHMI350/91 91 350
400 JHMI400/91 91 400
195 HJHMI195/196 196 195
195 JHMI195/100 100 195 220 HJHMI225/196 196 225
220 JHMI225/100 100 225 235 HJHMI235/196 196 235
245 JHMI245/100 100 245 245 HJHMI240/196 196 245
97 2ply 97
300 JHMI300/100 100 300 300 HJHMI300/196 196 300
350 JHMI350/100 100 350 350 HJHMI350/196 196 350
400 JHMI400/100 100 400 400 HJHMI400/196 196 400
450 HJHMI450/196 196 450

30
Masonry Hangers for I-Joists

SFJC Safety Fast Joist Cap

Masonry Hangers - I-Joist


The SFJC is an innovative and unique product which enables a
safe, practical and robust solution that satisfies the requirements
of ‘Approved Document L’ of the Building Regulations.
CERTIFICATE No 04/4170

The SFJC is designed to be used where timber joists are built into
a masonry external wall and eliminates the air leakage problems
associated with shrinkage of timber joists.

• SFJC305/50, SFJC305/100, SFJC225/50 and SFJC225/100


models accomodate a large range of joists types and sizes.
• Air leakage around the joist end is eliminated.
• Wide face flanges provide an air tight seal.

MATERIAL: Black Polyproylene.

The SFJC does not provide any lateral stability to the joists
during construction phase. It is therefore necessary to install
temporary bracing in accordance with the joists manaufacturers
instructions and/or standard construction practice, to ensure
temporary stability of the floor joists.

• Place floor joist onto wall and adjust to ensure correct


bearing at each end.
• Lift the floor joist and install SFJC over the end of the joist,
ensuring the SFJC face flanges are tight against the inner
face on the masonry wall.
SFJC
SFJC305/50 and SFJC225/50: I-JOISTS PATENT: GB2392928,
GB2393459
• Solid sawn joists up to 50mm wide and 300mm high can be installed directly into
the SFJC305/50. For narrower joist widths use the wedge cut outs to pack the
joist.
• For I-joist applications use the SFJC wedges to centralise the I-joist into the SFJC.
Tap wedges in to secure the the joist into SFJC.
• Partly drive a 3.75 x 30mm square twist nail into the bottom chord of the joist in
front of the wedge to secure them in place.

SFJC305/100 and SFJC225/100: I-JOISTS

• For use with single or double I-joists or solid sawn joists up to 100mm wide.
• Steel joist plates slides into the slots within the SFJC and are fixed to the top and
bottom of the floor joists.
• Nail in place with 2 No 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails per plate.

• Install horizontal restraint straps at maximum 2m centres


Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

• Nail to the timber joists with 8 No 3.75 x 30 square twist nails.


• Build up masonry between SFJC and continue with wall construction. Typical SFJC305/100 Installation
• Ensure all joints between the masonry and SFJC are fully filled with mortar.
• With the SFJC305/50 check the tightness of the wedges once wall is completed.
• If necessary, hammer wedges in tight and adjust retaining nail.
• Also if necessary, fill the void around the joist with mineral wool.

Solid Sawn Joist Sizes


Dimensions (mm) I-Joist Sizes (mm)
(mm)
Model No.

Width Height Width Height Web Width Height

SFJC225/50 50 225 - - - 50 Typical SFJC305/50 Installation


up to 225
SFJC225/100 100 225 - - - 100
SFJC305/50 50 305 up to 50 up to 50
up to 302 9 to 12 up to 300
SFJC305/100 100 305 up to 100 up to 100
1. 2 No SFJC Wedges supplied with each SFJC305/50.
2. 2 No Steel Joist Plates supplied with each SFJC305/100 and SFJC225/50.

31
Masonry Hangers for I-Joists

SES Simpson End Seal


Masonry Hangers - I-Joist

SIMPSON END SEAL: ONE SOLUTION FOR AIR LEAKAGE


AND SOUND TRANSFERENCE REQUIREMENTS.
The SES Simpson End Seal provides a fast and effective solution to reduce air leakage through
‘pocket masonry’ in block wall. Once installed, it removes the need for mastic sealant around the
perimeter of joists (subject to good workmanship when mortar keying).

The SES is a cost effective way to help comply with the requirements of Part L (reduced air leakage)
and Part E (reduced sound transference).

The SES allows for a full 100mm bearing of joist onto masonry walls.

• Air leakage - reduces air leakage without the need for mastic sealant.
• Sound - meets the sound requirements of a proprietary joist cap as specified by Appendix A,
Robust Details Part E Handbook.
• Fire - provides 1 hour of fire resistance.
• Can be used on external party walls.
• Meets the NHBC Technical requirements.
• Allows for full 100mm bearing on joist onto masonry walls.
• Secure fixing - provided by 30mm Square Twist Nails.

Installation Instructions
INSTALLATION STAGE 1 INSTALLATION STAGE 2

Prepare block work to accept floor joists - no need for mortar Apply mortar to the void in between the two flanges of the
on top. Position floor joists onto wall (only 1 joist shown I-joist on both sides, ensuring the mortar is packed against
for clarity). Fit the End Seal to the end of the joist as shown. the End Steal.
Ensure that the End Seal is tight against the joist end. Secure
with two No. 3.75mm x 30mm Square Twist Nails.

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

INSTALLATION STAGE 3 INSTALLATION STAGE 4

Lay a bed of mortar onto the top of the blocks ensuring Lay the next bed of mortar on top of the blocks. Continue to
mortar is laid tight up against joist end. Lay blocks either side build the wall as normal.
of the joist, ensuring mortar is applied to the block ends.

Safe Working Loads: Please refer to I-Joist Specific Technical Bulletins available from www.strongtie.co.uk/bulletins
01827 255 600

32
Masonry Hangers for I-Joists

SES Simpson End Seal - Joist Selection Guide

Masonry Hangers - I-Joist


END SEAL OPTIONS AVAILABLE END SEAL OPTIONS AVAILABLE (CONTINUED)

Flange Joist Dimsions (mm) Flange Joist Dimsions (mm)


Item Code Item Code
Height Height
Height Width Height Width
39 200 38 SES118/38 38 194 63 SES138/63
39 220 38 SES138/38 38 215 63 SES159/63
35 220 38 SES146/38 38 276 63 SES220/63
39 240 38 SES158/38 38 330 63 SES274/63
35 241 38 SES167/38 38 380 63 SES324/63
39 300 38 SES218/38 28 235 65 SES179/65
35 302 38 SES228/38 28 296 65 SES240/65
45 195 45 SES101/45 28 350 65 SES294/65
39 200 45 SES118/45 28 400 65 SES344/65
45 200 45 SES118/45 45 195 72 SES101/72
39 220 45 SES138/45 45 220 72 SES126/72
45 220 45 SES126/45 45 245 72 SES151/72
45 220 45 SES146/45 45 300 72 SES206/72
39 240 45 SES158/45 45 350 72 SES256/72
45 240 45 SES146/45 45 400 72 SES306/72
35 241 45 SES167/45 39 200 89 SES118/89
45 245 45 SES151/45 39 194 89 SES138/89
39 300 45 SES218/45 35 220 89 SES146/89
45 300 45 SES206/45 39 240 89 SES156/89
35 302 45 SES228/45 38 215 89 SES159/89
45 350 45 SES256/45 35 241 89 SES167/89
39 360 45 SES278/45 39 300 89 SES218/89
39 400 45 SES318/45 38 276 89 SES220/89
28 235 51 SES179/51 35 302 89 SES228/89
28 296 51 SES240/51 38 330 89 SES274/89
28 350 51 SES294/51 35 356 89 SES282/89
39 200 58 SES118/58 39 360 89 SES278/89
39 220 58 SES138/58 39 400 89 SES318/89
35 220 58 SES146/58 38 380 89 SES324/89
39 240 58 SES158/58 35 406 89 SES332/89
35 241 58 SES167/58 45 200 90 SES106/90
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

39 300 58 SES218/58 45 220 90 SES126/90


35 302 58 SES228/58 45 240 90 SES146/90
35 356 58 SES282/58 45 300 90 SES206/90
39 360 58 SES278/58 45 350 90 SES256/90
39 400 58 SES318/58 45 400 90 SES306/90
35 406 58 SES332/58 45 195 97 SES101/97
38 215 59 SES159/59 45 220 97 SES126/97
28 235 59 SES179/59 45 245 97 SES151/97
38 276 59 SES220/59 45 300 97 SES206/97
28 296 59 SES240/59 45 350 97 SES256/97
38 330 59 SES274/59 45 400 97 SES306/97
28 350 59 SES294/59 45 450 97 SES356/97
38 380 59 SES324/59
45 195 60 SES101/60
45 200 60 SES106/60
45 220 60 SES126/60
45 240 60 SES146/60
45 245 60 SES151/60
45 300 60 SES206/60
45 350 60 SES256/60
45 400 60 SES306/60

33
Masonry Hangers for I-Joists

SFHI/SFWHI Safety Fast Masonry Restraint Hangers


Masonry Hangers - I-Joist

The SFHI Safety Fast Hangers are an innovative range of products that have been
designed to support timber joists, beams and trussed rafters from masonry walls
without the need of supporting masonry above the top flange.
SFHI
• Requires no masonry above the top flange to achieve the published
Safe Working Loads.
• Improved vertical and lateral load distribution.
• MiniStrap simply hooks onto the hanger.
• Enables the construction of the floor deck prior to the next lift of masonry.
• Reduces Health & Safety risks associated with the use of the traditional masonry
hangers with no masonry above.
• Eliminates the need for propping.
• MiniStrap provides lateral restraint capacity in accordance with NHBC and Zurich
guidelines.
• Allows for retrofit of lateral restraint straps.
• Web stiffeners are not required with I-joist to achieve the load tables.

MATERIAL:

SFHI: 2.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.


SFWHI: 2.5mm mild steel
MiniStrap - 1.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

FINISH: SFWH: Hot-dip galvanised. PATENT NOS.


GB2316103, GB2354267
GB2390380
INSTALLATION: PATENT EP1200684

• Use all specified nails.


• Build masonry to required level, ensuring any coursing bricks or blocks are at least SFWHI
one course below the supporting block, and leave to cure.
• Place the Safety Fast Restraint Hanger over the inner leaf of blockwork, ensuring the
bearing plate is fully located onto the top of the masonry, sitting tight against the
front face and top of the blockwork.
• Sit the floor joists into the masonry hanger and ensure all joists are
correctly installed. The joists should be tight into the back of the hanger where
possible. The maximum gap between the back of the hanger and the end of the joist
is 6mm.
• Clip the Safety Fast MiniStrap onto the restraining hooks on the side of the hanger
and nail to the side face of the joist with three No. 3.75x30mm square twist nails.
INSTALL ONLY ONE PER HANGER - EITHER SIDE OF THE HANGER.

GENERAL INSTALLATION NOTES

• The floor decking may be stored on the joists provided the load is uniformly
distributed between the several joists and does not exceed the hanger or joist

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


SWL’s. Refer to joist manufacturer or supplier for joist capacity and maximum
construction loads. PATENT NOS.
• The floor decking must be securely attached to each joist before additional loads GB2354267, GB2390380
can be placed on the system. PATENT EP1200684
• NB. Floor decking and blockwork is to be cut where necessary to fit around the
upstand stiffeners.
• Pallets of blocks or other construction materials should be placed onto the
scaffolding and NOT directly onto the floor. The materials can then be evenly
distributed around the floor manually, ensuring hanger of joist SWL’s are not
exceeded.

MiniStrap (included with the Safety Fast Hanger)

34
Masonry Hangers for I-Joists

SFHI/SFWHI Safety Fast Masonry Restraint Hangers

Masonry Hangers - I-Joist


TYPICAL SFWHI INSTALLATION TYPICAL SFHI INSTALLATION

SFH HANGERS SAFE LOADS


Characteristic Capacity
Safe Working Loads (kN)
(kN)
Joist Fasteners
Model No. Joist Width Block Strength Block Strength

Hanger MiniStrap 2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2


Qty Nail Qty Nail Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC Solid LAC Solid DAC

< 60mm 5.1 6.2 6.2 13.34 13.34


SFHI 2 3.75 x 30 3 3.75 x 30
>75mm 6.7 8.0 8.0 17.47 17.47
<60mm 6.8 8.3 8.3 17.94 17.94
SFWHI 2 3.75 x 30 3 3.75 x 30
>75mm 7.8 9.5 9.5 15.39 15.39

1. Tests conducted by CERAM Building Technology in accordance with EN846-4 and evaluated in accordance with EN845-1.
2. Hanger SWL’s are achieved without masonry above the top flange.
3. The block thickness must be the same as the top plate width.
4. The lateral capacity exceeds that provided by traditional straps placed at 2m centres.
5. 3.75 x 30 refers to square twist nail (not supplied with hanger).
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Continued On Next Page.


35
Masonry Hangers for I-Joists

SFHI/SFWHI Safety Fast Masonry Restraint Hangers


Masonry Hangers - I-Joist

SFHI HANGERS SFHWI HANGERS SFHWI HANGERS (Continued)

Hanger Dimension Hanger Dimension Hanger Dimension


Joist Size Joist Size Joist Size
(mm) (mm) (mm)
Model No. Model No. Model No.

Width Height Width Height Width Height


Width Height Width Height Width Height
(W) (H) (W) (H) (W) (H)
195 SFHI195/40/100 40 195 195 SFWHI195/78/100 78 195 184 SFWHI184/135/100 135 184
200 SFHI200/40/100 40 200 220 SFWHI225/78/100 78 225 200 SFWHI200/135/100 135 200
220 SFHI225/40/100 40 225 235 SFWHI235/78/100 78 235 220 SFWHI225/135/100 135 225
38 235 SFHI235/40/100 40 235 240 SFWHI240/78/100 78 240 3ply 45 240 SFWHI240/135/100 135 240
240 SFHI240/40/100 40 240 2ply 38 245 SFWHI240/78/100 78 240 or 245 SFWHI240/135/100 135 240
245 SFHI240/40/100 40 240 300 SFWHI300/78/100 78 300 135 300 SFWHI300/135/100 135 300
300 SFHI300/40/100 40 300 350 SFWHI350/78/100 78 350 350 SFWHI350/135/100 135 350
195 SFHI195/47/100 47 195 400 SFWHI400/78/100 78 400 400 SFWHI400/135/100 135 400
200 SFHI200/47/100 47 200 450 SFWHI450/78/100 78 450 450 SFWHI450/135/100 135 450
220 SFHI225/47/100 47 225 195 SFWHI195/91/100 91 195 195 SFWHI195/146/100 146 195
45 235 SFHI235/47/100 47 235 200 SFWHI200/91/100 91 200 220 SFWHI225/146/100 146 225
240 SFHI240/47/100 47 240 220 SFWHI225/91/100 91 225 235 SFWHI235/146/100 146 235
245 SFHI240/47/100 47 240 235 SFWHI235/91/100 91 235 2ply 72 245 SFWHI240/146/100 146 240
300 SFHI300/47/100 47 300 2ply 45 240 SFWHI240/91/100 91 240 300 SFWHI300/146/100 146 300
240 SFHI240/53/100 53 240 or 89 245 SFWHI240/91/100 91 240 350 SFWHI350/146/100 146 350
51
300 SFHI300/53/100 53 300 300 SFWHI300/91/100 91 300 400 SFWHI400/146/100 146 400
195 SFHI195/61/100 61 195 350 SFWHI350/91/100 91 350 195 SFWHI195/152/100 152 195
200 SFHI200/61/100 61 200 400 SFWHI400/91/100 91 400 220 SFWHI225/152/100 152 225
220 SFHI225/61/100 61 225 450 SFWHI450/91/100 91 450 235 SFWHI235/152/100 152 235
58
235 SFHI235/61/100 61 235 195 SFWHI195/100/100 100 195 240 SFWHI240/152/100 152 240
or 60 2ply 75
240 SFHI240/61/100 61 240 220 SFWHI225/100/100 100 225 300 SFWHI300/152/100 152 300
245 SFHI240/61/100 61 240 235 SFWHI235/100/100 100 235 350 SFWHI350/152/100 152 350
300 SFHI300/61/100 61 300 245 SFWHI240100/100 100 240 400 SFWHI400/152/100 152 400
97
220 SFHI225/66/100 66 225 300 SFWHI300/100/100 100 300 450 SFWHI450/152/100 152 450
63 240 SFHI240/66/100 66 240 350 SFWHI350/100/100 100 350 195 SFWHI195/180/100 180 195
300 SFHI300/66/100 66 300 400 SFWHI400/100/100 100 400 200 SFWHI200/180/100 180 200
195 SFHI195/75/100 75 195 450 SFWHI450/100/100 100 450 220 SFWHI225/180/100 180 225
220 SFHI225/75/100 75 220 240 SFWHI240/105/100 105 240 235 SFWHI235/180/100 180 235
2ply
72 235 SFHI235/75/100 75 235 300 SFWHI300/105/100 105 300 245 SFWHI240/180/100 180 240
51
245 SFHI240/75/100 75 240 350 SFWHI400/105/100 105 400 300 SFWHI300/180/100 180 300
300 SFHI300/75/100 75 300 195 SFWHI195/120/100 120 195 350 SFWHI350/180/100 180 350

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


195 SFHI195/78/100 78 195 200 SFWHI200/120/100 120 200 400 SFWHI400/180/100 180 400
200 SFHI200/78/100 78 200 220 SFWHI225/120/100 120 225 450 SFWHI450/180/100 180 450
220 SFHI225/78/100 78 225 235 SFWHI235/120/100 120 235 195 SFWHI195/196/100 196 195
2ply 58
2ply 38 235 SFHI235/78/100 78 235 240 SFWHI240/120/100 120 240 220 SFWHI225/196/100 196 225
or 60
240 SFHI240/78/100 78 240 245 SFWHI240/120/100 120 240 235 SFWHI235/196/100 196 235
245 SFHI240/78/100 78 240 300 SFWHI300/120/100 120 300 245 SFWHI240/196/100 196 240
2ply 97
300 SFHI300/78/100 78 300 350 SFWHI350/120/100 120 350 300 SFWHI300/196/100 196 300
195 SFHI195/91/100 91 195 400 SFWHI400/120/100 120 400 350 SFWHI350/196/100 196 350
200 SFHI200/91/100 91 200 240 SFWHI240/130/100 130 240 400 SFWHI400/196/100 196 400
220 SFHI225/91/100 91 225 2ply 300 SFWHI300/130/100 130 300 450 SFWHI450/196/100 196 450
2ply 45 63
235 SFHI235/91/100 91 235 350 SFWHI350/130/100 130 350
or 89
240 SFHI240/91/100 91 240 400 SFWHI400/130/100 130 400
245 SFHI240/91/100 91 240
300 SFHI300/91/100 91 300
195 SFHI195/100/100 100 195
220 SFHI225/100/100 100 225
235 SFHI235/100/100 100 235
97
240 SFHI240/100/100 100 240
245 SFHI240/100/100 100 240
300 SFHI300/100/100 100 300

36
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Do you want your products on time?


What you want, when you want it.

37
Timber Hangers for Solid Joists

JHA Joist Hanger with Adjustable Height Strap

JHA’S ARE A ONE PIECE, NON-WELDED, JOIST HANGER FOR


SUPPORTING TIMBER JOISTS FROM TIMBER MEMBERS. JHA270
Adjustable Hanger
• A galvanised joist hanger that provides greater joist support combined with ease of
installation that can be adjusted to suit height of joist.
• Simpson’s exclusive double shear nailing feature guides nails into joist at a 45°
angle. All hangers in this series have double shear nailing. This patented innovation
distributes the load through two points on each joist nail for greater strength. It also
allows the use of fewer nails and faster installation.
Timber Hangers

• This provides easier nail driving as the installer doesn’t need to swing the hammer
sideways. The nail is supported at the side of the hanger and at the header which
generates higher load capacities.
• Wider strap provides more surface area on the supporting timber and allows
increased nail spacing, enhancing the performance of the critical hanger-to-support
part of the connection.
• Minimum and maximum nailing schedules are stamped into the strap of most
models providing correct installation information for site operatives.
• Speed-prong holds the hanger in position to allow easier attachment. The installer
no longer has to try to hold hanger, joist and nail with one hand and swing a EPC Patent Pending
hammer with the other! EP0745735
• The model number and size is stamped into the seat of most models for easy
identification of the hanger, even after installation.
• Regularised Timber: we have added new sizes to our JHA range to suit regularised
timber. Use 47mm or 91mm width hangers for this new application.
JHA450
Adjustable Hanger
MATERIAL:
JHA270—0.9mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
JHA450—1.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

INSTALLATION:
Three different installation methods are available depending on the availability of nailing
surface.

Maximum Nailing: All nails must be applied according to the table. The nails used for
the joist attachment must be driven at an angle so that the nails penetrate through the
corner of the joist into the header.

Minimum Nailing: For a lower installed cost the minimum nailing schedule can be
used when the maximum nailing load capacity is not needed. The nails used for the joist
attachment must be driven at an angle so that the nails penetrate through the corner of
the joist into the header. A minimum wrap over of 55 mm is required.

Loft Conversions: For applications where the hanger extends below the support.
Install top, face, and joist nails according to the table. A minimum wrap over of 55mm is
required or maximum nailing below the support. With no wrap over the SWL = 5.29kN.

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


OPTIONS:
Because these hangers are fully die-formed they cannot be modified.

Speed Double Dome


Prongs Shear Nailing
Nailing

Used to temporarily For the JHA450 range Available on


position and secure of hangers install joist some models.
the hanger for nails at a 45° through
easier and faster obround holes for
installation. double shear nailing.

38
Timber Hangers for Solid Joists

JHA Joist Hanger with Adjustable Height Strap


JHA450
JHA270 Below Support
Installation Installation

Timber Hangers
JHA SPECIFICATIONS
Safe
Dimensions Number of Fasteners
Working Load (kN)
Joist
Model
Width Carrying Member
No. Carried
(mm) (3.75 x 30) Short Term Long Term
W H B C Member
Uplift Download
Top Face (3.75x75)

Minimum Nailing
JHA270/38 38 271 50 113 4 4 4 2.00 5.19
38
JHA450/38 38 481 50 191 4 4 6 2.00 7.30
JHA270/47 47 267 50 109 4 4 4 2.00 5.19
47
JHA450/47 47 477 50 187 4 4 6 2.00 7.30
JHA270/50 50 265 50 107 4 4 4 2.00 5.19
50
JHA450/50 50 475 50 185 4 4 6 2.00 7.30
JHA270/63 63 260 50 102 4 4 4 2.00 5.19
63
JHA450/63 63 469 50 179 4 4 6 2.00 7.30
JHA270/75 75 279 50 121 4 4 4 2.00 5.19
75
JHA450/75 75 463 50 173 4 4 6 2.00 7.30
JHA270/91 91 272 50 113 4 4 4 2.00 5.19
2ply 47 or 91
JHA450/91 91 455 50 165 4 4 6 2.00 7.30
JHA270/100 100 267 50 109 4 4 4 2.00 5.46
2ply 50
JHA450/100 100 450 50 160 4 4 6 2.00 7.30
125 JHA450/125 125 449 63 129 4 4 6 2.00 7.30
3ply 50 JHA450/150 150 436 63 116 4 4 6 2.00 8.00
Maximum Nailing
JHA270/38 38 271 50 113 - 22 4 2.00 5.54
38
JHA450/38 38 481 50 191 - 22 6 2.00 8.30
JHA270/47 47 267 50 109 22 4 2.00 5.54
47
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

JHA450/47 47 477 50 187 22 6 2.00 8.30


JHA270/50 50 265 50 107 - 22 4 2.00 5.54
50
JHA450/50 50 475 50 185 - 22 6 2.00 8.30
JHA270/63 63 260 50 102 - 22 4 2.00 5.54
63
JHA450/63 63 469 50 179 - 22 6 2.00 8.30
JHA270/75 75 279 50 121 - 22 4 2.00 5.54
75
JHA450/75 75 463 50 173 - 22 6 2.00 8.30
JHA270/91 91 272 50 113 - 22 4 2.00 5.54
2ply 47 or 91
JHA450/91 91 455 50 165 - 22 6 2.00 8.30
JHA270/100 100 267 50 109 - 22 4 2.00 6.12
2ply 50
JHA450/100 100 450 50 160 - 22 6 2.00 8.30
125 JHA450/125 125 449 63 129 - 22 6 2.00 8.30
3ply 50 JHA450/150 150 436 63 116 - 22 6 2.00 8.30
Special Installation Common to Loft Conversions (use 3.75mm x 30mm square twist nails)
38 JHA450/38 38 481 50 191 4 4 6 - 5.29
47 JHA450/47 47 477 50 187 4 4 6 - 5.29
50 JHA450/50 50 475 50 185 4 4 6 - 5.29
63 JHA450/63 63 469 50 179 4 4 6 - 5.29
75 JHA450/75 75 463 50 173 4 4 6 - 5.29
91 JHA450/91 91 455 50 165 4 4 6 - 5.29
2ply 50 JHA450/100 100 450 50 160 4 4 6 - 5.29
125 JHA450/125 125 449 63 129 4 4 6 - 5.29
3ply 50 JHA450/150 150 436 63 116 4 4 6 - 5.29

1. SWL’s are based upon tests conducted by CERAM Building Technology Ltd or TRADA Technology Limited and derived in accordance with TRADA Certification’s Timber
Engineering Hardware Product Q-Mark scheme. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for further information.
2. W, H, B and C refer to the dimensions depicted in the illustrations shown on the opposite page.

39
Timber Hangers for Solid Joists

SAE & SAI Face Mount Hangers

SAE AND SAI RANGES ARE HEAVY-DUTY HANGERS DESIGNED FOR


APPLICATIONS REQUIRING ADDITIONAL STRENGTH.

• CE approved. SAE
40
• SAE and SAI hangers have bolt holes for 12mm fasteners into the face.

• SAE and SAI Timber Bolted capacity to be determined according to the relevant
British Standards. Do not exceed the load values given in the Bolt Attachment table.
Timber Hangers

• The hanger depth is to be at least 60% of the carried member depth to prevent
rotation, unless additional lateral restraint is added to the top of the carried member.

MATERIAL:

SAE and SAI—2.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

INSTALLATION:

• Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners
specified in the table.
SAI
• Sawn Timber SAE and SAI hangers can be installed by filling all round holes, or all
bolt holes, with the specified fasteners. A combination of the two would not give any
increase to the safe working load.

OPTIONS:

• Other widths of the Sawn Timber SAE hangers are available to order. H

• Slope and skew options available for all SAE hangers (without bolt holes).

• For special Sawn SAE Hangers, the fastener specifications and SWL’s may differ
from the normal hanger specifications. See SAE Hanger Specials Table for details.

• Skews right or left up to 67.5° and slopes up or down up to 45°. B

• Hangers with skews greater than 15° may have all joist nailing on the outside angle. W

• For SAE hangers with combined skews and slopes the maximum SWL is 80% of the
medium term loads stated within the table.

• Concealed flanges available on some models. See SAI Table for Hanger Range.

• Sloped and skew options can be manufactured, however these would not include
bolt holes. Please refer to the “SAE Hangers Specials” Table opposite.

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Typical SAI Typical SAE Sloped Down, Top View SAE Hanger
Installation on a Post Skewed Right installation Skewed Right

ACUTE
SIDE
SPECIFY SKEW W
ANGLE

40
Timber Hangers for Solid Joists

SAE & SAI Face Mount Hangers

NAIL ATTACHMENT TABLE


Modified
Safe
Dimensions Characteristic
Number of Fasteners Working Load (kN)
Joist Capacity (kN)
Model (Use 3.75mm x 30mm)
Width
No.
(mm) C16 PSL/LSL/LVL Download
W H B (C24)
Long Long
Header Joist Term Term
SAE380/38 38 171 85 22 12 8.5 9.3 7.04

Timber Hangers
38 SAE500/38 38 231 85 34 18 13.1 14.3 13.76
SAE620/38 38 291 75 40 22 15.4 16.9 13.76
SAE380/45 45 168 85 22 12 8.5 9.3 7.04
45 SAE500/45 45 228 85 34 18 13.1 14.3 13.76
SAE620/45 45 288 75 40 22 15.4 16.9 13.76
SAE250/50 50 100 84 12 7 4.6 5.1 2.32
SAE380/50 50 165 85 22 12 8.5 9.3 7.04
50
SAE500/50 50 225 85 34 18 13.1 14.3 13.76
SAE620/50 50 285 75 40 22 15.4 16.9 13.76
SAE380/64 64 159 85 22 12 8.5 9.3 7.04
64 SAE500/64 64 219 85 34 18 13.1 14.3 13.76
SAE620/64 64 279 75 40 22 15.4 16.9 13.76
SAE380/76 76 153 85 22 12 8.5 9.3 7.04
76 SAE500/76 76 213 85 34 18 13.1 14.3 13.76
SAE620/76 76 273 75 40 22 15.4 16.9 13.76
SAE380/100 100 140 85 22 12 8.5 9.3 7.04
100 SAE500/100 100 200 85 34 18 13.1 14.3 13.76
SAE620/100 100 260 75 40 22 15.4 16.9 13.76
SAE500/125 125 188 78 30 16 11.6 12.6 13.76
125
SAE620/125 125 248 75 40 22 15.4 16.9 13.76
SAEL500/150 150 175 78 32 16 11.6 12.6 13.76
150
SAE620/150 150 235 75 40 22 15.4 16.9 13.76
200 SAE590/200 200 195 78 30 18 11.6 12.6 13.76
1. SAE 620 and 590 variants are not currently CE Marked.

SAE HANGERS - BOLT ATTACHMENT


Safe
Number of Working Load (kN)
Fasteners
Model
No. Timber Support Masonry Support

Long Medium
Support4 Carried Member5 Term Term
2.8 N/mm2 3.5 N/mm2 7 N/mm2 20 N/mm2

SAE380 - All 4 M12 12 6.95 8.53 1.80 2.20 4.00 4.00


SAE500/38-100 6 M12 18 10.10 12.06 3.60 4.40 8.00 16.00
SAE500/125-150 6 M12 18 7.99 10.27 3.60 4.40 8.00 16.00
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

SAE620/38-100 8 M12 22 13.03 15.09 3.60 4.40 8.00 16.00


SAE620/125-150 8 M12 22 10.86 13.95 3.60 4.40 8.00 16.00
1. Safe working loads apply to bolt attachment only.
2. Timber support safe working loads are based upon calculation from BS 5268 Part 2 with grade 4.6 12mm bolts into C16 timber and load testing performed at Simpson
Strong-Tie testing facility. Timber support safe working loads apply to a minimum support member thickness of 72mm. Safe working loads for smaller support members
must be reduced in accordance with BS 5268 Part 2. Bolts are to be installed in accordance with recommendations within BS 5268: Part 2.
3. Masonry support safe working loads are based upon calculation with Rawl R-KF2 and 12mm stud anchors. Select and install fixings according to manufacturers
recommendations. Other manufacturers anchors can be used. The designer is to check the alternate fixing suitability and reduce the safe working load where limited by
the fixing. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for bolt hole locations.
4. M12 Bolts.
5. 3.75mm x 30mm Square Twist Nails

SAWN TIMBER HANGER - SPECIALS TABLE


Safe
Dimensions
Number of Fasteners Working Load (kN)
(Use 3.75mm x 75mm)
Model
No.
Long Term
W H B
Download
Header Joist

SAE380X 38 - 100 140 - 175 64 14 6 5.40


SAE500X 38 - 150 175 - 235 64 18 8 7.00
SAE620X 38 - 150 235 - 290 64 28 10 10.80
1. These hangers are based upon Composite Wood style SAE hangers and contain round and triangular nail holes only. ie. No Bolt Holes.
2. SWL’s are based upon a maximum nailing schedule—all round and triangular holes filled.
3. Skews right or left up to 67.5° and slopes up or down up to 45°.
4. For combined skew and sloped hangers the maximum SWL is 80% of the stated medium term loads.
5. Enables hangers to be manufactured for any combination of widths and heights listed for a model number.
6. To order specify model number, width, height, skew and/or slope.eg SAE380/63 Skewed Right at 15° becomes SAE380X, W = 63, H = 159, SKR = 15° (for no skewed/
sloped options please specify skew = 0° & slope = 0°).

41
Timber Hangers for Solid Joists

LUP Speed Prong Joist Hangers


LUP’S ARE A ONE PIECE, NON-WELDED, JOIST HANGER FOR LUP230
SUPPORTING TIMBER JOISTS FROM TIMBER MEMBERS. 22

• Manufactured under the BM TRADA Q-Mark Certification Scheme.


• Precision formed and engineered for fast installation and maximum loads.
• Speed prongs are curved steel for extra strength.
• One hit positions the hanger for header nailing. H
• Prongs into the joist eliminate the need for special short nails to hold the joist into
the hanger.
Timber Hangers

MATERIAL:
1.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
W
38
INSTALLATION:
Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes.
Speed prongs provide instant location of the hanger onto the carrying beam and Typical LUP Installation
secures the joist into the hanger. If joist prong is deflected and bent on a knot, simply use
a 3.75mm x 30mm nail or equal through that slot.

OPTIONS:
Because these hangers are fully die formed they cannot be modified.

SWL’s:
Safe Working Loads shown below are based on load tests conducted at TRADA
Technology Ltd. and derived in accordance with BM TRADA Certification’s Timber
Engineering Hardware Product Q-Mark Scheme.
Contact Simpson’s factory for further information.

Number of Fasteners Safe


Dimensions
Joist (Use 3.75mm x 30mm) Working Loads (kN)
Model
Size
No.
(mm) Carried Long Term
W H Support
Member Download

38 x 100 to 150 LUP230/38 38 96 6 2 Prongs 2.90


44 x 100 to 150 LUP230/44 44 93 6 2 Prongs 2.90
47 x 100 to 150 LUP230/47 47 92 6 2 Prongs 2.90
50 x 100 to 150 LUP230/50 50 90 6 2 Prongs 3.00

Timber Hangers

MH Mini Hanger

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


THE MH IS A ONE PIECE GALVANISED HANGER AVAILABLE IN A RANGE
OF WIDTHS FOR LIGHT DUTY APPLICATIONS SUCH AS TRIMMERS AND
CEILING JOISTS OF RECTANGULAR SECTION.

• Suitable for use with solid headers.


• Tab on seat ensures easy and accurate placement with easy bend feature when not
required. H

• Fully tested on a range of solid headers.

MATERIAL: 1.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.


B
INSTALLATION: For solid headers fill all round and triangular holes with nails.
The hanger depth should be at least 60% of the carried member depth to prevent rotation, W

if less than 60% additional lateral restraint is required to the top of the carried member.

Safe Working Loads (kN)


Number of Fasteners
Dimensions
(Use 3.75mm x 75mm) All Flange
Model C16 TR26
Type
No.
Carried Long Term Long Term
W H B Support Uplift Short Term
Member Download Download

MH40 40 55 56 6 4 2.50 2.80 2.00


MH46 46 52 56 6 4 2.50 2.80 2.00
MH50 50 50 56 6 4 2.50 2.80 2.00
1. 3.75mm x 30mm Square Twist Nails.

42
Timber Hangers for Solid Joists

SUR & SUL Skewed 45° Hangers

THE SUR/SUL HANGERS ARE ONE PIECE NON-WELDED JOIST HANGER


FOR SUPPORTING SKEWED TIMBER JOISTS FROM TIMBER MEMBERS. SUL
This range is tested and standardised with a 45° skew angle.

MATERIAL:

SUR & SUL—1.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

Timber Hangers
INSTALLATION:

Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Verify that the header can take the
required fasteners specified in the table.

• Illustration shows left and right skews.

• For SUR & SUL, square butt cut the joist end.

Typical SUL Typical SUR


Installation Installation

Safe
Dimensions
Number of Working Load (kN)
Joist Skewed Skewed Fasteners
Width Right Left
(mm) Model No. Model No. Short
Long Term
W H B A1 A2 Term
2 Download
Support1 Joist Uplift

SUR24 SUL24 40 80 50 25 35 4 4 2.00 2.05


38
SUR26 SUL26 40 127 50 25 35 6 6 3.20 3.07
SUR90/50 SUL90/50 50 90 84 30 40 8 4 2.00 4.09
50 SUR135/50 SUL135/50 50 135 84 30 40 12 6 3.20 6.18
SUR210/50 SUL210/50 50 210 84 30 40 20 8 4.27 10.32
1. Use 4.0mm x 100mm nails.
2. Use 3.75mm x 30mm square twist nails
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Timber Hangers

RR Ridge Rafter Connectors

THE RR RIDGE RAFTER CONNECTOR PROVIDES ALIGNMENT CONTROL RR


25 W1
AND CORRECT NAILING LOCATIONS.

For a rafter-to-face connector, flatten the top flange into the face plane. The RR may be
used with any rafter slope up to 30°.

MATERIAL: 1.2mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. 82

W2
Dimensions Number of Safe
Fasteners Working Loads
Minimum (3.75mm x 30mm) (kN)
Model No.
Joist Size (mm
W1 W2
Long Term
Support Joist
Download

38 x 100 RR 102 38
4 4 1.40
50 x100 RR50 112 50

43
Timber Hangers for Solid Joists

TU Concealed Beam Hangers


THE STRENGTH OF A STEEL LOAD-RATED CONNECTION COMBINES
WITH THE NATURAL BEAUTY OF WOOD IN THE TU CONCEALED BEAM
HANGER. PROVIDES AN AESTHETICALLY ATTRACTIVE CONNECTION
FOR EXPOSED BEAMS. TU20 (other sizes similar)
U.S. Patent 5,062,733
MATERIAL: 3.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel; Dowels-mild steel.

INSTALLATION:
Timber Hangers

• Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes.


• Pins aligned across the grain may cause splitting if the wood shrinks excessively.
Use only in glulam, composite timber (PSL, LSL) or well dried timber. Verify that the
header can take the required fasteners specified in the table.
• Attach to the carrying beam with 5.0 x 40mm screws (supplied).
• Specify dowel length and TU size to fit the application.
• Preparation of carried beam is best done off-site with cutting and boring tools.
• Holes in beam should be same diameter as dowel to ensure tight fit.
• Centre the TU within height of carried beam.
• Centre pins within the width of the carried member
• For a sloped installation the TU hanger remains as standard and the timber is cut
and angled to suit the slope.

OPTIONS: Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details of special installation tools.


• The standard install will leave a 5mm gap between carried and supporting beams.
• Pocket installation gives a fully concealed connection. See opposite.
• Skewed installation up to 60°. Sloped installation maximum 45°.
• Options: Skewed TU available. To be factory ordered.

Safe Working Loads (kN) Modified Characteristic Capacity (kN)


Dimensions Fasteners
Minimum
Model Dowel Embedment Length (mm) Dowel Embedment Length (mm)
Joist
No.
Height
Header Joist Dowels
W H B 60 80 100 120 60 80 100 120
Screw Qty. Dia.
Standard Installation

TU12 120 40 96 101 6 4 8 2.6 3.6 4.3 4.3 7.8 8.4 9.1 9.5
TU16 160 60 134 108 18 3 12 3.4 4.8 6.1 7.5 16.7 17.1 17.8 18.6
TU20 200 60 174 108 22 4 12 5.5 7.7 9.8 12.0 21.6 22.0 22.8 23.7
TU24 240 60 214 108 26 5 12 8.0 11.1 14.2 17.4 29.2 29.8 30.7 31.7
TU28 280 60 254 108 30 6 12 10.7 14.9 19.2 21.5 32.3 32.6 33.1 33.1

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


Skewed Installation

TU12 120 40 96 101 6 4 8 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 6.7 7.3 8.0 8.4
TU16 160 60 134 108 18 3 12 3.4 4.8 6.1 6.1 14.1 14.5 15.1 15.9
TU20 200 60 174 108 22 4 12 5.5 7.7 9.8 9.8 19.8 20.3 21.2 22.3
TU24 240 60 214 108 26 5 12 8.0 11.1 13.3 13.3 27.2 27.9 29.1 30.7
TU28 280 60 254 108 30 6 12 10.7 14.9 16.3 16.3 32.7 33.4 34.8 36.4
Sloped Installation

TU12 160 40 96 101 6 4 8 2.3 3.1 3.9 3.9 7.8 8.4 9.1 9.5
TU16 190 60 134 108 18 3 12 3.0 4.1 5.3 5.3 15.7 16.1 16.5 17.0
TU20 225 60 174 108 22 4 12 4.8 6.7 8.5 8.5 20.4 20.8 21.3 21.9
TU24 260 60 214 108 26 5 12 6.9 9.6 12.3 12.3 27.8 28.3 29.0 29.8
TU28 295 60 254 108 30 6 12 9.3 12.9 16.6 16.6 31.1 31.5 32.0 32.6
Skewed and Sloped Installation

TU12 160 40 96 101 6 4 8 2.3 2.5 2.5 2.5 6.1 6.5 7.0 7.5
TU16 190 60 134 108 18 3 12 3.0 4.1 5.3 5.3 13.2 13.5 13.8 14.3
TU20 225 60 174 108 22 4 12 4.8 6.7 8.5 8.5 18.5 18.9 19.4 20.1

TU24 260 60 214 108 26 5 12 6.9 9.6 12.3 12.3 25.4 26.0 26.7 27.8

TU28 295 60 254 108 30 6 12 9.3 12.9 16.3 16.3 30.6 31.3 32.2 33.3

44
Timber Hangers for Solid Joists

TU Concealed Beam Hangers

Skewed Sloped Sloped


Beam-to-Post Beam-to-Beam
Beam-to-Beam Beam-to-Beam Beam-to-Beam

Skew Angle

Timber Hangers
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FOR A CONCEALED CONNECTOR:

ATTACH CONNECTOR TO HEADER

• Position the connector at the pre determined height and screw the connector to the header or post.

• Fill all holes with screws supplied.

PREPARE THE BEAM

• Cut the beam to the length specified.

• Cut a slot into the end of the beam. Slot width for TU12 is 6mm and 9mm for all others.

• Cut the slot 3mm deeper than the TU and short of the beam height for concealed connector. This allows the connector to be hidden
from below. Otherwise cut the slot 3mm deeper than the TU and through the entire beam height.

• Fully Concealed Only: Rout a pocket into the beam end. The pocket should be 6mm deep. Enough to hide the thickness of the TU
and the screw heads. This eliminates the gap between the beam & header (see Pocket Installation Illustration).

DRILL BEAM DOWEL HOLES

• Position drill guide to provide the proper dowel end distance & height. Clamp in place (Drill guide available from Simpson Strong-Tie).

• Drill the dowels to the required diameter. Dowel hole diameter for the TU12 is 8mm and 12mm for all others.

INSTALL BEAMS

• Install top dowel into the carried beam first. Slip beam into place and install the remaining dowels working from the top downwards.

• Fully Concealed Only: To hide exposed dowel holes when the installation is complete, glue and plug the holes.
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

STANDARD INSTALLATION POCKET (CONCEALED)

TU

45
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

ITB/HITB I-Joist Hanger

THE ITB IS AN INNOVATIVE NEW HANGER THAT ELIMINATES THE


REQUIREMENT FOR BACKER BLOCKS WHEN SUPPORTED FROM AN
I-JOIST HEADER.

The bottom flange location tabs and an open top flange provide enhanced capacity and
improved ease of installation. ITB
• Eliminates the need for backer blocks with an I-joist to I-joist connection. OPEN TOP
FLANGE
TO EASE
• Bottom flange location tabs quickly set the hanger onto the I-joist header. INSTALLATION
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

• Open top flange improves ease-of-installation.

• Only one size of nail required - 3.75mm x 30mm Square Twist.


TRIANGULAR
OPTIONAL
• Optional nail holes for additional download and uplift capacity. H
NAIL HOLES
FOR ADDITIONAL
UPLIFT
MATERIAL:

ITB: 1.2mm pre-galvanised mild steel.


HITB: 2.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
50
BOTTOM W
ITB INSTALLATION: FLANGES
PAN NAIL HOLES
• Standard Installation (I-joist headers without backer blocks), position the ITB
hanger onto the face of supporting I-joist, ensuring the bottom flanges are tight up
Patent: GB2400384
against the underside of the bottom chord and fill all round and obround holes with
the specified nails.

• Sit the carried joist into the ITB Hanger and install the specified nails through the
angled pan nail holes into the joist.

• Enhanced Installations (I-joist headers with backer blocks installed) it is necessary HITB
fit backer blocks into the web of the I-joist header, ensuring they are tight to the
underside of the top chord. All round, obround and triangular holes are then to be
filled with the specified nails.

• Enhanced Uplift (I-joists or solid joists with additional joist nails) fit web stiffeners
onto the carried joist and fill all joist triangular nail holes with specified nails.

• When required, backer blocks and web stiffeners are to be installed in accordance
with manufacturer’s recommendations.

HITB INSTALLATION:

• Use 3.75mm x 30mm square twist nails during this installation.

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


• Ensure the supporting I-joists are connected together in accordance with the
manufacturers recommended connection methods, i.e. MJC Connectors, or filler
blocks.

• Position the HITB hanger onto the face of the supporting I-joists, ensuring the
bottom flanges are tight up against the underside of the bottom chord.
Patent: GB2400384
• Fill all face round and obround holes with nails. Install nails into the holes within the
bottom flanges.

• Flatten the hanger’s open flanges to the top chords of the supporting I-joist and
install a minimum of 4 nails per flange, 2 to the front and 2 to the rear of the joist.

• Bend the bottom chord tabs over the top face of the bottom chord and install nails
through the obround holes into the the top face of the bottom chord.

• Sit the carried joist into the HITB hanger and install the nails through the round and
obround holes into the joist.

Safe Working Loads: Please refer to I-Joist Specific Technical Bulletins available from www.strongtie.co.uk/bulletins

46
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

ITB/HITB I-Joist Hanger

ITB Hangers for Timber I-Joists


Typical ITB Installation
Joist Dimension (mm)
Width Model No.
(mm) Height (H) Width (W)

ITB195/40 195 40
ITB200/40 200 40
38 ITB220/40 220 40

Timber Hangers for I-Joists


ITB240/40 240 40
ITB300/40 300 40
ITB145/47 145 47
PAN NAIL
SUPPORTING HOLES
ITB195/47 195 47 I-JOIST
CARRIED
ITB200/47 200 47 I-JOIST

ITB220/47 220 47
45
ITB240/47 240 47
ITB245/47 245 47
ITB300/47 300 47
ITB240/53 240 53
51
ITB300/53 300 53
ITB195/61 195 61
Typical HITB Installation

ITB200/61 200 61
ITB220/61 220 61
58-60
ITB240/61 240 61
ITB245/61 245 61
ITB300/61 300 61
ITB220/66 220 66
63 ITB240/66 240 66
ITB300/66 300 66
ITB195/75 195 75
ITB220/75 220 75
72
ITB245/75 245 75
ITB300/75 300 75
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

ITB195/78 195 78
ITB200/78 200 78
2ply 38 ITB220/78 220 78
ITB240/78 240 78
ITB300/78 300 78 Enhanced ITB Installation
ITB195/91 195 91
ITB200/91 200 91
ITB220/91 220 91
89
ITB240/91 240 91
ITB245/91 245 91
ITB300/91 300 91
ITB195/100 195 100
ITB220/100 220 100 PAN NAIL
97 SUPPORTING HOLES CARRIED
ITB245/100 245 100 I-JOIST I-JOIST
BACKER BLOCKS WEB STIFFENER
ITB300/100 300 100 REQUIRED REQUIRED
FOR ENHANCED FOR ENHANCED
DOWNLOAD ONLY UPLIFT ONLY

47
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

ITB/HITB I-Joist Hanger

HITB Hangers Timber I-Joists HITB Hangers Timber I-Joists


With LVL Flanges With Solid Sawn Flanges
Joist Dimension (mm) Joist Dimension (mm)
Width Model No. Width Model No.
(mm) Height (H) Width (W) (mm) Height (H) Width (W)

HITB200/40 200 40 HITB-LT195/47 195 47

HITB220/40 220 40 HITB-LT200/47 200 47


40
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

HITB240/40 240 40 HITB-LT220/47 220 47

HITB300/40 300 40 45 HITB-LT235/47 235 47

HITB200/47 200 47 HITB-LT240/47 240 47

HITB220/47 220 47 HITB-LT245/47 245 47


45
HITB240/47 240 47 HITB-LT300/47 300 47

HITB300/47 300 47 HITB-LT195/61 195 61

HITB240/53 240 53 HITB-LT200/61 200 61


51
HITB300/53 300 53 HITB-LT220/61 220 61

HITB200/61 200 61 60 HITB-LT235/61 235 61

HITB220/61 220 61 HITB-LT240/61 240 61


58
HITB240/61 240 61 HITB-LT245/61 245 61

HITB300/61 300 61 HITB-LT300/61 300 61

HITB220/66 220 66 HITB-LT195/75 195 75

63 HITB240/66 240 66 HITB-LT220/75 220 75

HITB300/66 300 66 72 HITB-LT235/75 235 75

HITB200/78 200 78 HITB-LT245/75 245 75

HITB220/78 220 78 HITB-LT300/75 300 75


2ply 38
HITB240/78 240 78 HITB-LT195/91 195 91

HITB300/78 300 78 HITB-LT200/91 200 91

HITB200/91 200 91 HITB-LT220/91 220 91


89
HITB220/91 220 91 HITB-LT235/91 235 91
89

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


HITB240/91 240 91 HITB-LT240/91 240 91

HITB300/91 300 91 HITB-LT245/91 245 91

HITB-LT195/100 195 100

HITB-LT220/100 220 100


Typical HITB
97 HITB-LT235/100 235 100
Installation
HITB-LT245/100 245 100

HITB-LT300/100 300 100

48
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

MJC Multiple Joist Connector

THE MULTI JOIST CONNECTOR (MJC) ALLOWS TWO JOISTS TO BE


FIXED TOGETHER TO ACT AS A SINGLE UNIT, TRANSFERRING THE
INCOMING LOAD FROM THE LOADED PLY TO THE UNLOADED PLY.
MJC
The MJC is an improved solution to the traditional filler block detail, which historically
has been time consuming to fit and difficult to check if fitted or if fitted correctly.

It’s simple and effective design allows one size of product to be used on any joist size –
regardless of height or width.

Timber Hangers for I-Joists


• Quick and simple to install.

• Safely joins multiple I-Joists together, allowing them to act as a single unit.

• Easy to see that MJC’s are installed (whereas filler blocks are invisible).

• One size product fits all joist height and width combinations.

• Just one nail size required: 3.75mm x 30mm square twist.

MJC INSTALLATION SEQUENCE

Stage 1:

Position the MJC’s onto the 1st joist - ensuring that they
are centred about the incoming load at 400 c/c (may be
adjusted within 10mm each way).

Please note that the connectors can be installed in any


orientation. Secure each MJC with 4no. 3.75 x 30mm
Square Twist Nails, to the top and bottom joist flanges as
shown.

Stage 2:

Position 2nd joist ensuring ends are flush and joists are
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

parallel.

Secure the joist using 2no. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist


Nails per MJC into the top and bottom joist flanges as
shown.

c/c
400

NB - Loads can be found in Simpson Strong-Tie Technical


Bulletin T-UK-MJC or visit www.strongtie.co.uk/bulletins.

49
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

ITBS Skewable I-Joist Hanger

THE REVOLUTIONARY ITBS REDUCES BUILD COST, CONFUSION, SPEED


OF INSTALLATION AND STOCK HOLDING.
ITBS
The ITBS solves the problem of skew hangers in timber to timber connections. It can be
handed left or right on site by the carpenter, removing confusion when the floor is built
opposite to the drawing. The ITBS is also fully adjustable from 22.5 to 67.5 deg skew,
reducing the need for ‘special’ skew hangers. Finally, the ITBS is a Backer Free hanger
removing the need for Backer Blocks in standard installation. Overall, the revolutionary
ITBS reduces build cost, confusion, speed of installation and stock holding.

• 45 deg skew, with site adjustable skew from 22.5 to 67.5 deg
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

• Non-handed hanger, can be left or right skew—adjusted on site, removing any


handing confusion and reducing stock holding.
H
• Eliminates the need for backer blocks when supported from an I-joist header.

• Open top flange improves ease-of-installation.

• Only one size of nail required - 3.75 x 30mm.

• Can be used on I-joist or Solid Joist headers.

• Optional nail holes for additional download.


W
MATERIAL: 1.5mm thick Mild Steel.

Safe Working Loads: Please refer to I-Joist Specific Technical Bulletins available from www.strongtie.co.uk/bulletins

ITBS Skewable Hanger Sizes ITBS Skewable Hanger Sizes (Continued)

Joist Dimension (mm) Joist Dimension (mm)


Width Model No. Width Model No.
(mm) Height (H) Width (W) (mm) Height (H) Width (W)

ITBS195/40 195 40 ITBS195/75 195 75


ITBS200/40 200 40 ITBS220/75 220 75
72
ITBS220/40 220 40 ITBS245/75 245 75
40
ITBS240/40 240 40 ITBS301/75 301 75
ITBS245/40 245 40 ITBS195/78 195 78
ITBS301/40 301 40 ITBS200/78 200 78

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


ITBS195/47 195 47 ITBS220/78 220 78
2ply 38
ITBS200/47 200 47 ITBS240/78 240 78
ITBS220/47 220 47 ITBS245/78 245 78
45
ITBS240/47 240 47 ITBS301/78 301 78
ITBS245/47 245 47 ITBS195/91 195 91
ITBS301/47 301 47 ITBS200/91 200 91
ITBS240/51 240 51 ITBS220/91 220 91
51 89
ITBS301/51 301 51 ITBS240/91 240 91
ITBS195/61 195 61 ITBS245/91 245 91
ITBS200/61 200 61 ITBS301/91 301 91
ITBS220/61 220 61
58-60
ITBS240/61 240 61
ITBS245/61 245 61 Enhanced ITBS Installation Standard ITBS Installation
ITBS301/61 301 61
ITBS220/66 220 66
66 ITBS240/66 240 66
ITBS301/66 301 66

50
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

ITBS Skewable I-Joist Hanger

STANDARD INSTALLATION SEQUENCE

Stage 1
Install the back plate onto the
header in the required
position. Ensure backer

Timber Hangers for I-Joists


blocks are fitted if enhanced
performance is required.

Stage 2
Secure the acute side of the
backplate (inside angle) with
the specified nails.

B
B
Stage 3
Adjust the angle of the
backplate (if different from
45) to suit the required
angle. Use either adjustable
set square or the guide tables
shown on the right: Bend one
time only.
A

Stage 4
Secure the obtuse side of the
back plate onto the header
with all the specified nails,
ensuring the face of the back
plate is tight against the
header.
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Stage 5
Offer the stirrup to the back
plate ensuring it is located
on the correct side (which
can be either left or right
hand side). Once all of the
hooks (on the back plate) are
clearly through the apertures
(on the stirrup) slide in a
downward direction ensuring
all hooks engage onto the Stage 6
stirrup and click into posi- Locate the floor joist into the
tion. stirrup ensuring the joist is
set tight to the back of the
stirrup. The joist should be
secured into the stirrup with
all specified nails on the open
face of the stirrup.
(Note: For enhanced uplift
install web stiffeners onto
carried member as per
manufacturers
recommendations.)

51
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

ZS Slotted Z Clip
THE ZS CLIP ALLOWS I-JOISTS OR SOLID SAWN TIMBER TO BE
USED AS NOGGINGS BETWEEN JOISTS TO SUPPORT FLOOR
DECKS OR PARTITIONS.

• Fully interlocking top flange works on all I-joist header widths to prevent
overlapping of opposing clips.

• Slotted bottom flange allows I-joist or solid sawn timber to be used as ZS38N
noggings.

• Triangular nail hole for use with 50mm wide headers, also it ensures that
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

nails can be staggered when ZS clips are interlocked.

• Embossed bottom flange provides greatly enhanced resistance to bending.


TF
• Obround nail holes in the bottom flange ensure easier angled nailing.

MATERIAL:

1.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel. H


INSTALLATION:

• Use all specified fasteners.

• Nail to underside of carried member. W B


• Place top flange onto header beam and nail in place.
Patent: GB2394757

Dimensions (mm)
Model Carried No. Fasteners
SWL (kN)
No. Member (3.75mm x 30mm)
W H B TF

I-Joist 4 0.8
ZS35N 52 35 49 31
C16 4 1.3
I-Joist 4 0.8
ZS38N 52 38 46 31
C16 4 1.3
I-Joist 4 0.8
ZS45N 52 45 39 31

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


C16 4 1.3

Typical ZS Installation
ZS Clips interlock
allowing back-to-back
installation on any
I-joist header width.
Triangle nail hole
ensures header nails
never line up.

52
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

TOP FLANGE I-JOIST HANGER GUIDANCE


TOP FLANGE HANGERS - SAFE WORKING LOADS.

The tables below represent the available model series and SWL’s for the top flange hangers that are applicable to the
stated installation configurations.

HANGER SELECTION:

Step One: Select hanger from the tables below based on header type and required capacity.
Step Two: Refer to relevant pages to determine model number based upon joist size.

Timber Hangers for I-Joists


Typical ITT Typical MIT/ITT 38mm Minimum Typical GLTV
Installation Installation on Installation
Timber Nailer
mounted onto
Steel Beam SIM
StroPSO
ng N
-Tie®

BEND TAB
AND FASTEN WITH
3.75 x 30mm NAILS WHEN
WEB STIFFENERS
ARE NOT USED

SOLID HEADERS
This table shows the maximum allowable loads for the range of top flange hangers on solid headers.
Safe working loads are based upon the model series and do not vary on hanger width or height.
Fasteners Safe Working Loads (kN) Modified Characteristic
Web
Model Capacity (kN)
Stiffener Solid Header Short Header Types
Series
Required Joist Term
Top Face Uplift C16 PSL LSL LVL Up Down
ITT No 42 22 21 1.07 5.34 5.78 6.38 6.45 0.91 7.34
MIT No 43 23 21 1.07 7.41 8.90 9.40 11.79 2.14 9.56
B/BI No 23 23 22 1.38 6.67 9.90 8.54 8.16 2.81 19.58
LBV No 63 43 21 1.07 9.05 10.50 9.05 11.41 - -
WPU Yes 33 43 61 2.93 18.53 21.71 16.24 20.91 - -
GLTV Yes 43 63 62 4.92 18.95 32.92 25.58 33.36 - -

I-JOIST HEADERS
This table shows the maximum allowable loads for the ITT, MIT, LBV and WP hangers used on I-joists as
headers. The header nail must be substituted for those listed in other tables.
Fasteners Safe Working Loads (kN) Modified Characteristic
Web Backer I-Joist Capacity (kN)
Model
Stiffener Blocks Header Solid Header Short Header Types ≥ LVL33
Series
Required Required Width Joist Term C24
Top Face Uplift LVL 38 LVL33 LVL28 Up Down
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

ITT No Yes ≥ 38mm 41 21 21 1.07 3.36 4.67 3.97 3.50 0.91 7.84
MIT No Yes ≥ 58mm 41 21 21 1.07 3.94 5.47 4.65 4.10 2.14 10.58
LBV No Yes ≥ 76mm 61 41 21 1.07 3.94 5.47 4.65 4.10 - -
WPU Yes Yes ≥ 58mm 31 - 61 - 6.49 9.02 7.68 6.76 - -

TIMBER NAILERS
This table shows the maximum allowable loads for the ITT, MIT, LBV and WP hangers used on wood nailers.
The header nail must be substituted for those listed in other tables. Nailers are wood members attached to the
top of a steel I-beam, concrete or masonry wall. This table also applies to sloped-seat hangers.

Fasteners Safe Work Loads (kN) Modified Characteristic


Web Nailer
Model Capacity (kN)
Stiffener Depth Solid Header Header Types
Series
Required (mm) Joist
Top Face C16 PSL LSL Up Down
38-50 41 21 21 4.67 4.67 5.47 0.91 5.6
ITT No
75-100 42 22 21 5.34 5.34 - 0.91 7.36
38-50 41 21 21 5.47 5.47 7.14 2.14 7.82
MIT No
75-100 42 22 21 5.58 6.98 - 2.14 9.56
38-50 61 41 21 5.47 5.47 - - -
LBV No
75-100 62 42 21 9.05 9.05 - - -
38-50 31 - 21 9.02 9.02 14.47 - -
WPU Yes
75-100 32 - 21 11.16 13.34 - - -
1. 3.75mm x 30mm Square Twist Nails
2. 3.75mmx x75mm Round Wire Nails
3. 4.0mm x 100mm Round Wire Nails
4. Please refer to the general notes section at the front of the catalogue for an explanation of modified characteristic loadings.

53
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

ITT/MIT I-Joist & Structural Composite Timber Top Flange Hanger

ITT AND MIT HANGERS ARE A ONE-PIECE, NON-WELDED JOIST HANGER


FOR SUPPORTING I-JOISTS AND STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE TIMBER FROM ITT
TIMBER MEMBERS.

• Value-engineered for maximum performance. The offset seat feature allows better joist 35
bearing positioning. Joist top flanges are laterally restrained by the side of the hanger,
eliminating the need for web stiffeners. I-joist manufacturers may require web stiffeners.

• Bend Tab Nailing: Nail the ITT’s special bend-tab with 3.75mmx30mm nails vertically into
H
the bottom flange of the I-joist when web stiffeners are not used. The bend tab can also be
nailed directly into the web stiffener. This constricts the I-joist, helping to reduce squeaks
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

resulting from joist movement.

• Reduced embossing on the ITT’s top flange, and the hanger height sized less than the joist
height allow easier fitting for smooth floor alignment.

• Patented Positive Angle Nailing: This feature is specifically designed for wood web I-joists
when used with the MIT.
6
• With Positive Angle Nailing (PAN), the slotted hole material is not removed, but issued to
channel and confine the path of the nail to the optimum angle. PAN minimises splitting of 50
the flanges while permitting time-saving nailing from a better angle. W

• These models will normally accommodate a skew of up to 5°.


MIT
MATERIAL: 63

59
ITT—1.2mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
MIT—1.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

INSTALLATION:

• Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Verify that the header can take the required
fasteners specified in the table.

• Face flange triangle hole (optional) secures hanger against header; optional diamond hole
in seat allows further attachment of hanger to I-joist.

• ITT’s bend-tab may be nailed unbent into plywood web stiffeners.


6

64

ITT SHOT FIRED INSTALLATION

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


Qty Fasteners
Model No. Safe Working Load (kN)
Steel Support Joist Nails

40mm to 91mm 4: shot-fired pins 2: 3.75mm x 30mm 5.27

1. The ITT hanger can be shot-fired to steel. Contact Simpson for details.
2. The shot-fired pins must be installed by a qualified person in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation requirements.
3. Pins must be installed in the round holes provided in the top flange of the ITT.
4. Please refer to the general notes section at the front of the catalogue for an explanation of modified characteristic loadings.

Typical ITT Typical MIT/ITT 38mm Minimum


Installation Installation on
Timber Nailer
mounted onto
Steel Beam

BEND TAB
AND FASTEN WITH
3.75 x 30mm NAILS WHEN
WEB STIFFENERS
ARE NOT USED

54
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

ITT/MIT I-Joist & Structural Composite Timber Top Flange Hanger

Top Flange Hangers - ITT Top Flange Hangers - MIT

Joist Size Dimension (mm) Joist Size Dimension (mm)


Model No. Model No.
Width Height Width Height
Height (H) Width (W) Height (H) Width (W)
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
195 ITT194/40 194 40 241 MIT9.5 241 46
220 ITT219/40 219 40 302 MIT11.88 302 46
45
235 ITT29.25 235 40 356 MIT1.81/14 355 46

Timber Hangers for I-Joists


38
240 ITT29.5 240 40 406 MIT1.81/16 406 46
302 ITT211.88 300 40
302 MIT3511.88 302 60
356 ITT214 354 40
58 356 MIT3514 355 60
145 ITT144/47 144 47
406 MIT3516 406 60
195 ITT194/47 194 47
235 MIT29.25-2 235 79
220 ITT219/47 219 47
2ply 38 241 MIT29.5-2 241 79
235 ITT9.25 235 46
302 MIT211.88-2 302 79
240 ITT9.5 240 46
45 245 ITT244/47 244 47 235 MIT9.25-5 235 90

302 ITT11.88 300 46 241 MIT49.5 241 90


350 ITT349/47 349 47 90 302 MIT411.88 302 90
356 ITT14 354 46 356 MIT414 355 90
400 ITT399/47 399 47 406 MIT416 406 90
406 ITT16 405 46 235 MIT359.25-2 235 116
240 ITT2.06/9.5 240 52 241 MIT359.5-2 241 116
302 ITT2.06/11.88 300 52 2ply 58
51 302 MIT3511.88-2 302 120
356 ITT2.06/14 354 52
356 MIT3514-2 355 120
405 ITT2.06/16 405 52
241 MIT39.5-2 241 127
195 ITT194/61 194 61 2ply 63
302 MIT311.88 301 130
220 ITT219/61 219 61
235 ITT359.25 235 60
241 ITT359.5 240 60
58-60 245 ITT244/61 244 61
302 ITT3511.88 300 60
350 ITT349/61 349 61
356 ITT3514 354 60
400 ITT399/60 399 60
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

240 ITT39.5 240 64


63
302 ITT311.88 300 64
195 ITT194/75 194 75
220 ITT219/75 219 75
235 ITT234/75 234 75
72 245 ITT244/75 244 75
300 ITT299/75 299 75
350 ITT349/75 349 75
400 ITT399/75 399 75
195 ITT194/91 194 91
220 ITT219/91 220 91
235 ITT49.25 235 90

2ply 45 241 ITT49.5 240 90


or 89 302 ITT411.88 300 90
350 ITT349/91 349 91
356 ITT414 354 90
400 ITT399/91 399 91

55
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

LBV/BI I-Joist & Structural Composite Timber Top Flange Hanger

LBV AND BI HANGERS ARE A ONE-PIECE, NON-WELDED JOIST


HANGER FOR SUPPORTING I-JOISTS AND STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LBV
TIMBER FROM TIMBER MEMBERS.

• This design configuration has the material section where it counts, resulting in
maximum load values.

• The LBV is designed especially for use with multiple ply headers of 38mm or
45mm thick.
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

MATERIAL:

LBV: 2.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel;


BI: 2.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

INSTALLATION:

• Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Verify that the header can take
the required fasteners specified in the table.

• Web stiffeners are required for use with the BI hanger style and sloped or
skewed LBV hangers.

• The LBV and BI hangers may be used for weld on applications. The minimum
required weld for the top flanges is a 3.0 x 50mm fillet weld on each side of the
top flange tabs. Weld-on applications produce maximum allowable loads listed.
Uplift loads do not apply for this application. Special considerations should be
taken when welding galvanised steel.

OPTIONS:

• Other widths and heights are available as a special order, contact factory for
details.

• LBV and BI series hangers can be skewed and sloped to a maximum of 45°. See
table for load adjustment factors.

• To order specials, put an X after the model number and add required directions
and dimensions: D=seat sloped down, U=seat sloped up, R=skewed right,
L=skewed left. Example: LBV359.5-2X D30 R45 is an LBV359.5-2 with a sloped
down seat 30° and skewed right 45°.

Skewed and Sloped SWL Adjustment Factors


Modified Characteristic

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


Capacity (kN)
Down
Uplift Skew
Model No.
> 15o Slope Only Slope Only
Skew Only Skew & Slope Up Down
< = 30o > 30o
LBV 0.5 0.9 Table 0.8 0.7 - -
BI 0.5 0.6 Table 0.8 0.7 2.81 19.58

Please refer to the general notes section at the front of the catalogue for an explanation of modified characteristic loadings.

LBV is acceptable for weld-on Typical LBV Installation


applications

56
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

LBV/BI I-Joist & Structural Composite Timber Top Flange Hanger

Top Flange Hangers - LBV Top Flange Hangers - LBV (Continued)

Joist Size Dimension (mm) Joist Size Dimension (mm)


Model No. Model No.
Width Height Width Height
Height (H) Width (W) Height (H) Width (W)
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
140 LBV140/40 140 40 241 LBV4.12/9.5 241 105
184 LBV184/40 184 40 301 LBV4.12/11.88 301 105
2ply 51
195 LBV195/40 195 40 356 LBV4.12/14 356 105

Timber Hangers for I-Joists


220 LBV220/40 220 40 406 LBV4.12/16 406 105
38
235 LBV235/40 235 40 195 LBV195/118 195 118
24 LBV29.5 241 40 220 LBV220/118 220 118
302 LBV211.88 302 40 235 LBV235/118 235 118
356 LBV214 356 40 116 240 LBV240/118 240 118
195 LBV195/47 195 47 300 LBV300/118 300 118
200 LBV200/47 200 47 350 LBV350/118 350 118
220 LBV220/47 220 47 400 LBV400/118 400 118
235 LBV235/47 235 46 200 LBV200/120 200 120
241 LBV9.5 241 46 2ply 58 241 LBV359.5-2 241 120
45
245 LBV245/47 245 47 302 LBV3511.88-2 302 121
302 LBV11.88 302 46 195 LBV195/122 195 122
350 LBV350/47 350 47 220 LBV220/122 220 122
400 LBV400/47 400 47 235 LBV235/122 235 122
450 LBV450/47 450 47 245 LBV245/122 245 122
2ply 60
60 200 LBV200/60 200 60 300 LBV300/122 300 122
202 LBV202/75 202 75 350 LBV350/122 350 122
223 LBV223/75 223 75 400 LBV400/122 400 122
75 254 LBV254/75 254 75 450 LBV450/122 450 122
302 LBV302/75 302 75 202 LBV202/125 202 125
403 LBV403/75 403 75 223 LBV223/125 223 125
140 LBV140/79 140 79 125 254 LBV254/125 254 125
184 LBV184/79 184 79 302 LBV302/125 302 125
195 LBV195/78 195 78 403 LBV403/125 403 125
220 LBV220/78 220 78
235 LBV235/78 235 78 Top Flange Hangers - B Hangers
240 LBV240/78 240 78
2ply 38
245 LBV245/78 245 78 Joist Size Dimension (mm)
300 LBV300/78 300 78 Model No.
Width Height
350 LBV350/78 350 78 Height (H) Width (W)
(mm) (mm)
356 LBV214-2 356 79 202 B202/150 202 150
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

400 LBV400/78 400 78 223 B223/150 223 150


450 LBV450/78 450 78 150 254 B254/150 254 150
145 LBV145/91 145 91 302 B302/150 302 150
195 LBV195/91 195 91 403 B403/150 403 150
200 LBV200/91 200 91 200 B200/180 200 180
220 LBV220/91 220 91 180 241 BI49.5-2 241 181
2ply 45 235 LBV235/91 235 91 302 BI411.88-2 302 180
or 89 245 LBV/245/91 245 91
302 LBV11.88-2 302 90
350 LBV350/91 350 91
400 LBV400/91 400 91
450 LBV450/91 450 91
195 LBV195/100 195 100
202 LBV202/100 202 100
219 LBV219/100 219 100
223 LBV223/100 223 100
235 LBV235/100 235 100
245 LBV245/100 245 100
97 254 LBV254/100 254 100
300 LBV300/100 300 100
302 LBV302/100 302 100
350 LBV350/100 350 100
400 LBV400/100 400 100
403 LBV403/100 403 100
450 LBV450/100 450 100

57
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

WPU/GLTV For I-Joist & Structural Composite Timber

THESE ARE A WELDED JOIST HANGER FOR SUPPORTING I-JOISTS


AND STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE TIMBER FROM TIMBER MEMBERS. GLTV

• These hangers offer the greatest design flexibility and versatility. 225

• GLTV hangers are designed for use with structural composite lumber
(PSL, LSL or LVL) headers and may take heavy loads. The top flange nails
are sized and specifically located to prevent degradation of the header due to 75
splitting of laminations.
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

MATERIAL: 75
WPU—5mm top flange, 2.5mm stirrup - mild steel.
GLTV—5mm top flange and stirrup - mild steel.

FINISH: WPU—Hot-dip galvanised; GLTV—Hot-dip galvanised. 130

SAFE WORKING LOADS: For hanger heights exceeding the joist height, the SWL
is 0.5 of the table load. If header is multiple plies of 45mm PSL, the GLTV SWL is the
lesser of the table load or 26.68kN. WPU
225
INSTALLATION:

• Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Verify that the header can take

65
the required fasteners specified in the table. 65
• All multiple members must be secured together to work as a single unit before
installation into the hanger.
• Web stiffeners are required for I-joists with all of these hanger styles.
• These hangers may be used for weld on applications. The minimum required
welds for the top flanges are 5mm x 38mm for WPU and 6mm x 63mm for GLTV,
fillet welds located at each end of the top flange. Weld-on applications produce
maximum allowable loads listed. Uplift loads do not apply for this application.

OPTIONS:

• Other widths and heights are available as a special order, contact Simpson
Strong-Tie for details.
• Straddle available-specify S dimension.
• These hangers can be skewed and sloped to a maximum of 45°. Check with the
• factory for WPU with a width of greater than 89mm for skewed availability. WPU Straddle Hanger
• For skews greater than 15°, multiply the table uplift load by 0.50.
• For sloped and skewed GLTV configurations the SWL is the lesser of the table
load or 24.46kN.
• For sloped only, the SWL is the lesser of the load listed or 28.91kN for the GLTV.
• For skewed only, the SWL is the lesser of the load listed or 29.13kN for the GLTV.
• To order specials, contact Simpson Strong-Tie.

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Typical WPU Skewed Left Typical GLTV Installation Typical GLTV Sloped Down
(Top View) Skewed Right with Low Side Flush

SIM
StroPSO
ng N
-Tie®

CL

58
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

WPU/GLTV For I-Joist & Structural Composite Timber

Top Flange Hangers - WPU (web stiffeners required) Top Flange Hangers - GLTV (web stiffeners required)

Joist Size Dimension (mm) Joist Size Dimension (mm)


Model No. Model No.
Width Height Width Height
Height (H) Width (W) Height (H) Width (W)
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
184 WPU184/47 184 47 235 GLTV235/70 235 70
200 WPU200/47 200 47 241 GLTV241/70 241 70
235 WPU235/47 235 47 68 302 GLTV302/70 302 70
45 241 WPU241/47 241 47 355 GLTV355/70 355 70

Timber Hangers for I-Joists


302 WPU302/47 302 47 406 GLTV406/70 406 70
356 WPU355/47 355 47 200 GLTV200/91 200 91
406 WPU406/47 406 47 235 GLTV235/91 235 91
90 WPU90/91 90 91 241 GLTV241/91 241 91
2ply 45
115 WPU115/91 115 91 302 GLTV302/91 302 91
or 90
184 WPU184/91 184 91 355 GLTV355/91 355 91
195 WPU195/91 195 91 406 GLTV406/91 406 91
200 WPU200/91 200 91 457 GLTV457/91 457 91
2ply 45 220 WPU220/91 220 91 200 GLTV200/135 20 135
or 89 235 WPU235/91 235 91 235 GLTV235/135 235 135
240 WPU240/91 240 91 241 GLTV/241/135 241 135
3ply 45
245 WPU245/91 245 91 302 GLTV302/135 302 135
or 133
300 WPU300/91 300 91 355 GLTV355/135 355 135
350 WPU350/91 350 91 406 GLTV406/135 406 135
400 WPU400/91 400 91 457 GLTV457/135 457 135
90 WPU90/116 90 116 184 GLTV184/180 184 180
115 WPU115/116 115 116 235 GLTV235/180 235 180
116 200 WPU200/116 200 116 241 GLTV241/180 241 180
4ply 45
300 WPU300/116 300 116 301 GLTV302/180 302 180
or 178
350 WPU350/116 350 116 356 GLTV356/180 356 180
2ply 58 406 WPU406/120 406 120 406 GLTV406/180 406 180
184 WPU184/135 184 135 457 GLTV457/180 457 180
195 WPU195/135 195 135 195 GLTV195/196 195 196
220 WPU220/135 220 135 220 GLTV220/196 220 196
235 WPU235/135 235 135 235 GLTV235/196 235 196
3ply 45 or
245 WPU245/135 245 135 245 GLTV245/196 245 196
133 2ply 97
300 WPU300/135 300 135 300 GLTV300/196 300 196
350 WPU350/135 350 135 350 GLTV350/196 350 196
400 WPU400/135 400 135 400 GLTV400/196 400 196
450 WPU450/135 450 135 450 GLTV450/196 450 196
90 WPU90/142 90 142
115 WPU115/142 115 142
140 200 WPU200/142 200 142
300 WPU300/142 300 142
350 WPU350/142 350 142
195 WPU195/146 195 146
220 WPU220/146 220 146
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

235 WPU235/146 235 146


2ply 72 245 WPU245/146 245 146
300 WPU300/146 300 146
350 WPU350/146 350 146
400 WPU400/146 400 146
195 WPU195/152 195 152
220 WPU220/152 220 152
235 WPU235/152 235 152
245 WPU245/152 245 152
2ply 75
300 WPU300/152 300 152
350 WPU350/152 350 152
400 WPU400/152 400 152
450 WPU/450/152 450 152
195 WPU195/180 195 180
220 WPU220/180 220 180
235 WPU235/180 235 180
240 WPU240/180 240 180
2ply 89 or
300 WPU300/180 300 180
178
350 WPU350/180 350 180
356 WPU356/180 356 180
400 WPU400/180 400 180
406 WPU406/180 406 180
195 WPU195/225 195 225
220 WPU220/225 220 225
235 WPU235/225 235 225
245 WPU245/225 245 225
3ply 75
300 WPU300/225 300 225
350 WPU350/225 350 225
400 WPU400/225 400 225
450 WPU450/225 450 225

59
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

IUT/MIU/HIU Face Mount I-Joist Hangers


IUT, MIU AND HIU HANGERS ARE A ONE PIECE, NON-WELDED, FACE IUT
MOUNTED HANGER FOR SUPPORTING I-JOISTS FROM TIMBER U.S. Patent 5,555,694
MEMBERS.

• The MIU and HIU hangers feature Positive Angle Nailing (PAN), which minimises
splitting of the flanges while permitting time-saving nailing from a better angle.
With PAN nailing, the slotted hole material is not removed, but is used to channel
and confine the path of the nail to the optimum angle.

• Joist top flanges are laterally restrained by the side of the hanger, eliminating the H
need for web stiffeners. I-joist manufacturers may require web stiffeners.
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

• Nail the IUT’s special bend-tab with 3.75 x 30mm nails vertically into the bottom
flange of the I-joist when web stiffeners are not used. The bend tab can also
be nailed directly into the web stiffener. This constrains the I-joist, helping to
reduce squeaks resulting from joist movement.
6
MATERIAL: IUT: 1.2mm; MIU: 1.5mm; HIU: 2.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
B
ENHANCED UPLIFT LOADS: The IUT, MIU and HIU have optional triangular
nail holes for additional uplift. Properly attached web stiffeners may be required for W
Enhanced uplift. Please contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
MIU/HIU
INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Verify that the
header can take the required fasteners specified in the table.
• IUT—optional seat diamond hole allows pre-attachment of hanger to joist before
installation.
• Web stiffeners are not required with I-joists when the joist top flange is laterally
supported by the sides of the hanger, I-joist manufacturers may require web
stiffeners.
• IUT’s bend-tab may be nailed unbent into plywood web stiffeners.

OPTIONS: Because these hangers are fully die-formed, they cannot be modified.
However these models will normally accommodate a skew of up to 5°.

Typical MIU/HIU
Typical IUT
Installation
Installation
with correct

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


PAN configuration

60
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

IUT/MIU/HIU Face Mount I-Joist Hangers


IUT Hangers (Continued on next page)

Safe Working Modified Characteristic


Joist Size Dimension (mm) Qty Fasteners
Loads (kN) Capacity (kN)
Model No. C16 & I-Joist Header PSL/LSL/LVL Header C16 & I-Joist Header PSL/LSL/LVL Header
Width
Height (mm) H W B Face Joist
(mm) Long Term Long Term Download Download

Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.20 10.80


195-200 IUT192/40 192 40 51

Timber Hangers for I-Joists


Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 10.48 14.24
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 8.00 12.96
220-245 IUT217/40 217 40 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 12.58 16.59
Opt 1 8 Opt 1 2 2.78 3.255 5.33 8.54
235-241 IUT29 235 40 51
Opt 2 8 Opt 1 2 3.42 3.96 8.38 11.39
38
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 10.05 15.12
300 IUT280/40 280 40 51
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 14.67 16.59
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.20 10.80
302 IUT211 285 40 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 10.48 14.24
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 10.05 15.12
356 IUT214 349 40 51
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 14.67 16.59
Opt 1 6 Opt 1 2 2.09 2.44 3.04 6.48
146 IUT142/47 142 47 51
Opt 2 6 Opt 1 2 2.57 2.97 6.29 8.54
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.20 10.80
195-200 IUT192/47 192 47 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 10.48 14.24
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 8.00 12.96
220-245 IUT217/47 217 47 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 12.58 16.59
Opt 1 8 Opt 1 2 2.78 3.25 5.33 8.64
235-241 IUT9 233 46 51
Opt 2 8 Opt 1 2 3.42 3.96 8.38 11.39
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 10.05 15.12
45 300 IUT280/47 280 47 51
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 14.67 16.59
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.20 10.80
302 IUT11 284 46 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 10.48 14.24
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 5.56 6.50 11.52 16.59
350 IUT330/47 330 47 51
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 6.84 7.92 16.59 15.59
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 10.05 15.12
356 IUT14 349 46 51
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 14.67 16.59
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Opt 1 18 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 12.96 16.59


400 IUT380/47 380 47 51
Opt 2 18 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 16.59 16.59
Opt 1 8 Opt 1 2 2.78 3.25 5.33 8.64
241 IUT2.06/9 233 52 51
Opt 2 8 Opt 1 2 3.42 3.96 8.38 11.39
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.20 10.80
51 302 IUT2.06/11 284 52 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 10.48 14.24
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 10.05 15.12
356 IUT2.06/14 351 52 51
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 14.67 16.59
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.20 10.80
195-200 IUT192/61 192 61 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 10.48 14.24
58 Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 8.00 12.96
or 220-245 IUT217/61 217 61 51
60 Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 12.58 16.59
Opt 1 8 Opt 1 2 2.78 3.25 5.33 5.64
235-241 IUT3510 235 60 51
Opt 2 8 Opt 1 2 3.42 3.96 8.38 11.39

Fasteners: Opt 1=3.75mm x 30mm; Opt 2=3.75mm x 75mm.

61
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

IUT/MIU/HIU Face Mount I-Joist Hangers


IUT Hangers (continued)
Safe Working Modified Characteristic
Joist Size Dimension (mm) Qty Fasteners
Loads (kN) Capacity(kN)
Model No. C16 & I-Joist Header PSL/LSL/LVL Header C16 & I-Joist Header PSL/LSL/LVL Header
Width
Height (mm) H W B Face Joist
(mm) Long Term Long Term Download Download

Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 10.05 15.12


300 IUT280/61 280 61 51
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 14.67 16.59
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.20 10.80


302 IUT3512 285 60 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 10.48 14.24
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 5.56 6.50 11.52 16.59
58 - 60 350 IUT330/61 330 61 51
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 6.84 7.92 16.59 16.59
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 10.05 15.12
356 IUT3514 349 60 51
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 14.67 16.59
Opt 1 18 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 12.96 16.59
400 IUT380/61 380 61 51
Opt 2 18 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.91 16.59 16.59
Opt 1 8 Opt 1 2 2.78 3.25 5.33 8.64
310 IUT310 235 65 51
Opt 2 8 Opt 1 2 3.42 3.96 8.36 11.39
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.20 10.80
63 312 IUT312 286 65 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 10.48 14.24
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 10.05 15.12
314 IUT314 351 65 51
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 14.67 16.59
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 6.03 10.80
195-200 IUT192/75 192 75 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 10.48 14.24
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 8.00 12.96
220-245 IUT217/75 217 75 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 12.58 16.59
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 10.05 16.59
72 300 IUT280/75 280 75 51
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 14.67 16.59
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 5.56 6.50 11.52 16.59
350 IUT330/75 330 75 51
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 6.84 7.92 16.59 16.59
Opt 1 18 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 12.96 16.59
400 IUT380/75 380 75 51
Opt 2 18 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.91 16.59 16.59
Opt 1 8 Opt 1 2 2.78 3.25 5.33 8.64
235-241 IUT410 235 90 51
Opt 2 8 Opt 1 2 3.42 3.96 8.38 11.39

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.20 10.80
302 IUT412 285 90 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 10.48 14.24
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 10.05 16.59
356 IUT414 349 90 51
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 14.67 16.59
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 6.03 10.80
195-200 IUT192/91 192 91 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 10.48 14.24
89
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 8.00 12.96
220-245 IUT217/91 217 91 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 12.58 16.59
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 10.05 16.59
300 IUT280/91 280 91 51
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 14.67 16.59
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 5.56 6.50 11.52 16.59
350 IUT330/91 330 91 51
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 6.84 7.92 16.59 16.59
Opt 1 18 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 12.96 16.59
400 IUT380/91 380 91 51
Opt 2 18 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.91 16.59 16.59

Fasteners: Opt 1=3.75mm x 30mm; Opt 2=3.75mm x 75mm.

62
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

IUT/MIU/HIU Face Mount I-Joist Hangers


MIU Hangers
Safe Working Modified Characteristic
Joist Size Dimension (mm) Qty Fasteners
Loads (kN) Capacity (kN)
Model No. C16 & I-Joist Header PSL/LSL/LVL Header C16 & I-Joist Header PSL/LSL/LVL Header
Width
Height (mm) H W B Face1 Joist2
(mm) Long Term Long Term Download Download

295-200 MIU192/78 192 78 64 16 2 6.84 7.92 16.77 22.68


2ply 38 220-245 MIU217/78 217 78 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 22.68 22.68

Timber Hangers for I-Joists


300 MIU280/78 280 78 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 22.68 22.68
145 MIU142/92 142 92 64 8 2 3.42 3.96 7.32 11.39
195-200 MIU192/92 192 92 64 16 2 6.84 7.92 16.77 22.68
220-245 MIU217/92 217 92 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 22.68 22.68
89
300 MIU280/92 280 92 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 22.68 22.68
350 MIU330/92 330 92 64 24 2 10.26 11.88 22.68 22.68
400 MIU380/92 380 92 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 22.68 22.68
195-200 MIU192/100 192 100 64 16 2 6.84 7.92 16.77 22.68
220-245 MIU217/100 217 100 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 22.68 22.68
300 MIU280/100 280 100 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 22.68 22.68
97
350 MIU330/100 330 100 64 24 2 10.26 11.88 22.68 22.68
400 MIU380/100 380 100 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 22.68 22.68
450 MIU430/100 430 100 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 22.68 22.68
195-200 MIU192/118 192 118 64 16 2 6.84 7.92 16.77 22.68
220-245 MIU217/118 217 118 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 22.68 22.68
116 300 MIU280/118 280 118 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 22.68 22.68
350 MIU330/118 330 118 64 24 2 10.26 11.88 22.68 22.68
400 MIU380/118 380 118 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 22.68 22.68
195-200 MIU192/122 192 122 64 16 2 6.84 7.92 16.77 22.68
120 220-245 MIU217/122 217 122 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 22.68 22.68
300 MIU280/122 280 122 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 22.68 22.68
130 MIU217/130 217 130 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 22.68 22.68

1. 3.75mm x 75mm
2. 3.75mm x 30mm

HIU Hangers
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Safe Working
Joist Size Dimension (mm) Qty Fasteners
Loads (kN)
Model No. C16 & I-Joist Header PSL/LSL/LVL Header
Width
Height (mm) H W B Face1 Joist2
(mm) Long Term Long Term

195-200 HIU192/146 192 146 64 16 2 6.84 7.92


220-245 HIU217/146 217 146 64 22 2 9.41 10.89
144 300 HIU280/146 280 146 64 22 2 9.41 10.89
350 HIU330/146 330 146 64 24 2 10.26 11.88
400 HIU380/146 380 146 64 28 2 11.97 13.86
195-200 HIU192/196 192 196 64 16 2 6.84 7.92
220-245 HIU217/196 217 196 64 22 2 9.41 10.89
300 HIU280/196 280 196 64 22 2 9.41 10.89
194
350 HIU330/196 330 196 64 24 2 10.26 11.88
400 HIU380/196 380 196 64 28 2 11.97 13.86
450 HIU430/196 430 196 64 28 2 11.97 13.86

1. 3.75mm x 75mm
2. 3.75mm x 30mm

63
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

MH Mini Hanger

THE MH IS A ONE PIECE GALVANISED HANGER AVAILABLE IN A RANGE OF WIDTHS FOR LIGHT DUTY
APPLICATIONS SUCH AS TRIMMERS AND CEILING JOISTS OF RECTANGULAR SECTION.

• Suitable for use with solid and I-joist headers.


• Tab on seat ensures easy and accurate placement with easy bend feature when not required.
• Fully tested on a range of solid headers.

MATERIAL: 1.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

INSTALLATION: For solid headers fill all round and triangular holes with nails. The hanger depth should be at least 60% of the carried
member depth to prevent rotation, if less than 60% additional lateral restraint is required to the top of the carried member.
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

Typical
Mini Hanger
MH Installation
H

Safe Working Loads (kN)


Number of Fasteners I-Joist based on bottom flange connection
Dimensions (mm)
(3.75mm x 30mm) All Flange
Model C24 Flanges LVL Flanges
Type
No.
Carried Long
H W B Support Long Term Uplift Short Term
Member Term

MH40 55 40 56 4 2 2.00 1.50 1.00


MH46 52 46 56 4 2 2.00 1.50 1.00
MH50 50 50 56 4 2 2.00 1.50 1.00

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

HU & U Face Mount Hangers


HEAVY-DUTY HANGERS DESIGNED FOR APPLICATIONS REQUIRING ADDITIONAL STRENGTH.

• Composite HU hangers have round and triangle holes in the face and joist.
• The hanger depth is to be at least 60% of the carried member depth to prevent rotation, unless additional lateral restraint is added to
the top of the carried member.

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


MATERIAL: U: 1.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel. HU: 2.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table.
Composite HU hangers can be installed according to two different nailing schedules. To achieve maximum published loads all round and
triangular holes must be filled with the specified fasteners.

OPTIONS: Slope and skew options available for all HU hangers. Skews right or left up to 67.5° and slopes up or down up to 45°.
Hangers with skews greater than 15° may have all joist nailing on the outside angle. For HU hangers with combined skews and slopes the
maximum SWL is 80% of the medium term loads stated within the table. Concealed flanges available on some models. Specify HUC.
Minimum Width = 70mm for composite HU hangers.

Typical HU Sloped Down,


Typical HU Post Typical HU Installation With
Skewed Right Installation
Installation Composite Wood Joist

64
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

HU & U Face Mount Hangers


Safe Working Modified Characteristic
Joist Size Dimension (mm) Qty Fasteners
Loads (kN) Capacity (kN)
Model C16 & I-Joist C16 & I-Joist
No. Short PSL/LSL/LVL Header PSL/LSL/LVL
Width Height Nailing Header Header
H W B Face Joist Term Uplift
(mm) (mm) Schedule
Uplift Long Term Long Term Download Download

89-114 HU26 78 40 57 Std 41 22 0.93 2.47 2.70 1.62 2.60 5.70


38
200-241 HU210 198 40 57 Std 81 42 2.14 4.94 5.39 3.24 8.38 11.39
Min 121 42 2.14 7.42 8.09 3.24 12.58 17.09
184-241 HU7 170 46 64
Max 161 82 4.27 9.89 10.78 6.48 16.77 22.78

Timber Hangers for I-Joists


Min 181 62 3.20 11.12 12.13 4.86 18.86 25.63
241-302 HU9 235 46 63
Max 241 102 5.34 14.83 16.16 8.10 25.15 34.18
45
Min 221 62 3.20 13.60 14.83 4.86 23.06 31.33
302-356 HU11 279 46 63
Max 301 102 5.34 18.54 20.22 8.10 31.44 38.02
Min 281 82 4.27 17.30 18.87 6.48 29.34 38.02
356 HU14 346 46 63
Max 361 142 7.47 22.25 24.26 11.34 37.73 38.02
241 U3510/14 229 59 51 Std 141 62 3.20 8.65 9.44 4.86 14.67 19.94
58
302 U3516/20 268 62 50 Std 161 62 3.20 9.89 10.78 4.86 16.77 20.74
Min 141 62 3.20 8.65 9.44 4.86 14.67 19.94
241-302 HU2.75/10 229 70 63
Max 181 102 5.34 11.12 12.13 8.10 18.86 25.63
Min 161 62 3.20 9.89 10.78 4.86 16.77 22.78
302-356 HU2.75/12 273 70 63
Max 221 102 5.34 13.60 14.83 8.10 23.06 31.33
68
Min 181 82 4.27 11.12 12.13 6.48 18.86 25.63
356-406 HU2.75/14 330 70 63
Max 241 142 7.47 14.83 16.18 11.34 25.15 34.18
Min 201 82 4.27 12.36 13.48 6.48 20.96 28.48
406 HU2.75/16 357 70 63
Max 261 142 7.47 16.07 17.52 11.34 27.25 37.02
89-114 HU24-2 78 79 63 Std 41 23 1.16 2.47 2.70 2.36 2.28 5.42
Min 81 43 2.14 4.94 5.39 4.72 7.63 11.39
140-184 HU26-2 137 79 63
Max 121 63 3.20 7.42 8.09 7.07 11.45 17.09
Min 101 43 2.34 6.18 6.74 4.72 10.48 14.24
184-241 HU28-2 178 79 63
Max 141 63 3.20 8.65 9.44 7.07 14.67 19.94
2ply 38
241 U210-2 216 79 50 Std 141 63 3.20 8.65 9.44 7.07 14.67 19.94
Min 141 63 4.03 8.65 9.44 7.07 14.67 19.94
241-302 HU210-2 224 79 63
Max 181 103 6.69 11.12 12.13 11.79 18.86 25.63
Min 161 63 4.03 9.89 10.78 7.07 16.77 22.78
302-356 HU212-2 368 79 63
Max 221 103 6.69 13.60 14.83 11.79 23.06 31.33
Min 101 43 2.69 6.18 6.74 4.72 10.48 14.24
184-241 HU48 173 90 63
Max 141 63 4.03 8.65 9.44 7.07 14.67 19.94
241 U410 212 90 50 Std 141 63 3.96 8.65 9.44 7.07 14.67 19.94
Min 141 63 4.03 8.65 9.44 7.07 14.67 19.94
2ply 45 241-302 HU410 219 90 63
Max 181 103 6.69 11.12 12.13 11.79 18.86 25.63
or 89
Min 161 63 4.03 9.89 10.78 7.07 16.77 22.78
302-356 HU412 262 90 63
Max 221 103 6.69 13.60 14.83 11.79 23.06 31.33
Min 201 83 5.36 12.36 13.48 9.43 20.96 28.48
356-406 HU416 346 90 63
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Max 261 123 8.05 16.07 17.52 14.15 27.25 37.02


Min 141 61 4.79 8.65 9.44 7.07 18.34 24.92
2ply 52 241-302 HU4.12/9 219 106 63
Max 181 81 6.36 11.12 12.13 9.43 23.58 32.04
Min 161 61 4.76 9.89 10.78 7.07 20.96 28.48
300-356 HU212-3 262 120 63
2ply 58 Max 221 81 6.36 13.60 14.83 9.43 28.82 39.16
302 U3512-2 285 120 50 Std 161 63 3.96 9.89 10.78 7.07 16.77 20.74
Min 141 63 4.76 8.65 9.44 7.07 14.67 19.94
200-302 HU5.31/9 196 135 63
Max 181 81 6.36 11.12 12.13 9.43 18.86 25.63
Min 161 61 4.76 9.89 10.78 7.07 16.77 22.78
241-302 HU5.31/11 240 135 63
3ply 45 or Max 221 81 6.36 13.60 14.83 9.43 23.06 31.33
133 Min 181 81 6.36 11.12 12.13 9.43 18.86 25.63
302-356 HU5.31/14 297 135 63
Max 241 121 9.54 14.83 16.18 14.15 25.15 34.18
Min 201 81 6.36 12.36 13.48 9.43 20.96 28.48
356-406 HU5.31/16 324 135 63
Max 261 121 9.54 16.07 17.52 19.15 27.25 37.02
Min 101 41 3.20 6.18 6.74 4.72 10.31 14.24
200-241 HU480/180 150 180 63
Max 141 61 4.76 8.65 9.44 7.07 14.44 19.94
184-241 HU530/180 175 180 63 Std 141 61 6.36 8.65 9.44 7.07 14.67 19.94
Min 141 61 4.76 8.65 9.44 7.07 14.67 19.94
2ply 89 or 241-302 HU410-2 231 181 63
Max 181 81 6.36 11.12 12.13 9.43 18.86 25.63
4ply 45
Min 161 61 4.76 9.89 10.78 7.07 16.77 22.78
302-356 HU412-2 282 181 63
Max 221 81 6.36 13.60 14.83 9.43 23.06 31.33
Min 201 81 6.36 12.36 13.48 9.43 20.96 28.48
356-406 HU414-2 352 181 63
Max 261 121 9.54 16.07 17.52 14.15 27.25 37.02

1. 4.0mm x 100mm
2. 3.75mm x 30mm
3. 3.75mm x 75mm
4. Characteristic downloads are based on 3.75x75mm face nail capacities.

65
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

HGUS Engineered Wood Hanger

THE HGUS IS A ONE PIECE, NON-WELDED, JOIST HANGER FOR SUPPORTING HGUS
SOLID COMPOSITE BEAMS FROM TIMBER MEMBERS.

Double shear nailing allows distribution of the carried member’s load through two points on each nail
for greater strength (see illustration).
H

MATERIAL: 2.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.


67

INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes.


Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table. 100mm nails must be 100
driven at 45° into joist dome or pan nails holes, through carrying member and into the carried
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

member to achieve the table loads. W

Qty Fasteners Safe Working


Dimension (mm)
(4.0mm x 100mm) Loads (kN)
Joist Size Model
(mm) No. Carried Short Term Long Medium
W H B Support
Member Uplift Term Term

89 x 241 HGUS48 92 180 36 10 7.51 27.78 34.74


89 x 241 x 457 HGUS410 92 214 46 16 9.68 35.09 35.09
89 x 302 x 457 HGUS412 92 265 56 20 11.30 40.94 40.94
89 x 356 x 457 HGUS414 92 316 66 22 12.91 43.53 43.35
133 x 200 x 302 HGUS180/135 135 180 36 10 7.51 27.78 34.74
133 x 241 x 457 HGUS5.50/10 140 214 100 46 16 9.68 35.09 35.09
133 x 302 x 457 HGUS5.50/12 140 265 56 20 11.30 40.94 40.94
133 x 356 x 457 HGUS5.50/14 140 316 66 22 12.91 43.35 43.35
180 x 241 x 457 HGUS7.25/10 184 219 46 16 9.68 35.09 35.09
180 x 302 x 457 HGUS7.25/12 184 270 56 20 11.30 40.94 40.94
180 x 356 x 457 HGUS7.25/14 184 320 66 22 12.91 43.35 43.35

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

SUR/SUL/HSUR/HSUL Skewed 45° Hangers

THE SUR, SUL, HSUR AND HSUL ARE A ONE PIECE, NON-WELDED, JOIST HANGER FOR SUPPORTING SKEWED
TIMBER JOISTS FROM TIMBER MEMBERS.

The SUR, SUL, HSUR and HSUL provide tested and standardised 45° skewed hangers.

MATERIAL: SUR and SUL: 1.5mm; HSUR and HSUL: 2.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the
table. Illustration shows left and right skews. For SUR and SUL, square butt cut the joist end. For HSUR and HSUL, bevel cut the joist end.

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


SUL HSUR Typical SUL Installation Typical SUR Installation
U.S. Patent
4,230,416

Safe Working
Dimension (mm) Qty Fasteners
Skewed Skewed Loads (kN)
Joist Size
Right Left
(mm)
Model No. Model No. W H B A1 A2 Support1
Carried Short Term Long Medium
Member 2 Uplift Term Term

38 x 255 to 302 SUR210 SUL210 40 206 50 25 35 10 10 5.34 5.12 6.41


38 x 302 to 356 SUR214 SUL214 40 254 50 25 35 12 12 6.41 6.14 7.67
45 x 241 to 356 SUR1.81/9 SUL1.81/9 46 233 50 19 35 8 8 4.27 4.09 4.47
45 x 302 to 406 SUR1.81/11 SUL1.81/11 46 254 50 19 35 10 10 5.34 5.12 6.41
58 x 241 to 356 SULI3510/12 SULI3510/12 58 228 73 43 44 14 6 3.20 7.16 7.94
58 x 356 to 406 SULI3514/20 SULI3514/20 58 330 73 43 44 18 8 4.27 7.98 7.98
2ply 38 x 125 to 200 HSUR26-2 HSUL26-2 80 125 62 32 56 12 4 2.00 6.18 7.74
89 x 225 to 356 SUR410 SUL410 90 216 62 25 56 14 6 3.20 7.16 8.94
89 x 225 to 356 HSURL410 HSUL410 90 216 62 25 56 20 6 3.20 10.32 12.90
89 x 225 to 356 SUR414 SUL414 90 317 62 25 56 18 8 4.27 7.98 7.98
89 x 356 to 457 HSUR414 HSUL414 90 317 62 25 56 26 8 4.27 13.41 16.77
1. 4.0mm x 90mm Round Wire Nails
2. 3.75mm x 30mm Square Twist Nails when ‘W’ is less than 58mm and 3.75mm x 75mm Round Wire Nails when ‘W’ is 80mm or above.

66
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

THAI Adjustable Strap Hanger

THAI ARE A ONE PIECE, NON-WELDED, JOIST HANGER FOR


SUPPORTING COMPOSITE TIMBERS FROM TIMBER MEMBERS. THAI
The model number and size is stamped onto the seat of most sizes for easy
identification of the hanger, even after installation.

• Designed for I-joists, has extra long straps and can be field-formed to give height
adjustability and top flange hanger convenience. Positive angle nailing helps
eliminate splitting of the I-joist’s bottom flange.

• Extra nail holes are provided for access in some conditions. Not all strap nail holes

Timber Hangers for I-Joists


need to be filled. See table for nailing requirements.
H SIMPSON®
Strong Tie

• THAI-2 must be factory ordered for hanger width needed. See table for allowable
widths.

MATERIAL:

THAI: 1.2mm; THAI-2: 2.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

INSTALLATION:

Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes.


Two different installation methods are available depending on the availability of nailing
surface.

Maximum Nailing:
Typical THAI Installation
For applications where all the nails listed in the table can be properly installed. Install
the quantity of face nails shown into the straps for full table load and two 3.75 x 30mm
nails driven downward at a 45° angle into the I-joist’s bottom flange. The THAI has ad-
ditional nail holes - not all holes are required to be filled to achieve listed loads.

Minimum Nailing:

For applications where the strap is wrapped over the top of the support. Install nails
into each strap at the face surface of the hanger and 3.75 x 30mm nails driven
downward at a 45° angle into the I-joist bottom flange. Then two nails into each strap at
the top of the support after forming tight bend. Bend top flange a minimum of 65mm.

Modified
Safe
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Dimensions (mm) Number of Fasteners Characteristic


Working Load (kN)1
Load (kN)
Joist
Model
Width
No. Carrying Member2
(mm) Long
Carried Medium Download
H W C Term
Member3 Download Term Download (C16)
Top Face

Minimum Nailing: With Top Flange Wrap Over


38 x 241 to 302 THAI222 580 40 238
45 x 241 to 356 THAI1.81/22 577 46 235
7.07 7.07 8.46
58 x 241 to 356 THAI3522 570 59 228 4 2 2
89 x 241 to 256 THAI422 555 90 220
Variable THAI-2 550 76-133 224 8.98 8.98 9.94
Maximum Nailing: With All Nail Holes Filled

38 x 241 to 302 THAI222 580 40 238 16.05


45 x 241 to 356 THAI1.81/22 577 46 235 17.30
20 2 8.54 9.79
58 x 241 to 356 THAI3522 570 59 228 - 18.60
89 x 241 to 356 THAI422 555 90 220 19.53
Variable THAI-2 550 76-133 224 30 2 13.08 14.72 19.12
1. Safe working loads are dreived from tests conducted in the U.S. See General Notes.
2. For carrying member use 3.75mm x 75mm nails.
3. For carried member use 3.75mm x 30mm nails.

67
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

LSSU/LSU Light Slope & Skew Adjustable Hangers

WITH THESE SITE ADJUSTABLE HANGERS, YOU CAN ALWAYS HAVE THE RIGHT
HANGER AVAILABLE FOR THOSE SPECIAL RUSH PROJECTS.

This versatile range of products attaches joists/rafters to timber supports at any slope, up or down or at any skew, left of right up to and
including 45o. All models are slope and skew adjustable on site, excluding the LSU35010-2 and LSU4.12.

MATERIAL: LSSU410: 1.5mm, all others 1.2mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Bend only once. To ensure proper seat installation, install the
bottom nails before the side nails. Attach the sloped joist at both ends so the horizontal force developed by the slope is fully supported by
the carried members. Web stiffeners are required with I-joists using this hanger style. For field skewing, see install sequence below.
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

LSU26 LSSU410

SI
StrM PS
on ON
g Tie®

Typical LSSU210 Typical LSSU26 Sloped and


Sloped Installation Skewed Installation

LSSU INSTALLATION SEQUENCE


Step One Step Two Step Three
Attach hanger to the
carrying member,
acute angle side
first. Install nails at
an angle.

Nail hanger to slope-cut carried Skew flange to form acute angle.


member, installing seat nail first. Bend other flange back along
No bevel necessary for skewed centerline of slots. Bend once only.
installation.

Dimension Fasteners Safe Working Loads (kN)

Joist Size Down


Model No. Uplift
(mm) Carried
W H B Support Short
Member Term Long Medium
Term Term

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


Sloped Hangers Only
38 x 150 LSU26 38 124 75 64 56 2.16 2.96 3.56
38 x 241 LSSU28 38 181 90 104 56 2.16 4.94 6.18
38 x 302 LSSU210 38 216 90 104 76 3.25 4.94 6.18
45 x 241 to 356 LSSUI25 45 216 90 104 76 3.25 4.94 6.18
50 x 241 to 356 LSSUI2.06 52 216 90 104 76 3.25 4.94 6.18
58 x 241 to 356 LSSUI35 60 216 90 104 76 3.25 4.94 6.18
2ply x 241 LSSU210-2 78 216 90 184 126 5.12 10.65 6.18
89 x 241 to 356 LSSU410 90 216 90 185 126 5.12 10.65 13.29
2ply 50 x 241 to 356 LSU4.12 105 228 90 245 126 5.12 14.30 17.88
2ply 58 x 241 to 356 LSU3510-2 120 225 90 245 126 5.12 14.30 17.88
Skewed Hangers or Sloped and Skewed
38 x 150 LSU26 38 124 75 64 56 2.16 2.96 3.56
38 x 241 LSSU28 38 181 90 94 56 2.00 3.94 3.94
38 x 302 LSSU210 38 216 90 94 76 3.25 4.43 4.74
45 x 241 to 356 LSSUI25 45 216 90 94 76 3.25 4.43 4.74
50 x 241 to 356 LSSUI2.06 52 216 90 94 76 3.25 4.43 4.74
58 x 241 to 356 LSSUI35 60 216 90 94 76 3.25 4.43 4.74
2ply x 241 LSSU210-2 78 216 90 145 126 5.12 8.12 8.30
89 x 241 to 356 LSSU410 90 216 90 145 126 5.12 8.12 8.30
2ply 50 x 241 to 356 LSU4.12 105 228 90 245 126 5.12 10.23 10.23
2ply 58 x 241 to 356 LSU3510-2 120 225 90 245 126 5.12 10.23 10.23
1. Except LSU26, some face nails are not fitted in the flange on the acute angle side for skewed installations. Fill all nail holes on the obtuse angle side.
2. SWLS are for engineered wood members of C24 or better. Reduce loads to 80% of the tables’s loads for C16 timber.
3. LSU35010-2 and LSU4.12 factory skewed, field sloped.
4. Use 3.75mm x 75 Nails.
5. Use 4.0mm x 100mm Nails.
6. Use 3.75mm x 30mm Square Twist Nails.

68
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

VPA Variable Pitch Connectors


AN ENGINEERED ONE-PIECE CONNECTOR FOR ATTACHING
I-JOIST RAFTERS TO WALL PLATES.
VPA2
• The VPA is adjustable to slopes between 15° and 45° with a special
interlock design indicating when the maximum pitch is reached. This
product complements the versatile LSSU.

• Designed for use with double 38mm top plates with a 50mm seat, which
allows sufficient bearing area for most rafters.

• No notching is required when using the VPA. This connector reduces the

Timber Hangers for I-Joists


need for beveled plates and toenailing. It has positive angle nailing to
speed installation and to minimise wood splitting.

MATERIAL: 1.2mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

INSTALLATION:

• Use all specified fasteners.


• Face fasteners attached to both upper and lower top plates.
• See VPA installation sequence shown.

VPA INSTALLATION SEQUENCE

Step One Step Two Step Three Step Four


Install top nails and face PAN Seat rafter with a Install “B” flange nails in Install rafter PAN nails.
nails in the “A” flange to outside hammer, adjusting the the obround nails holes,
wall top plate. “B” flange to the required locking the pitch.
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

pitch.

Fasteners Safe Working Loads (kN)

Joist Size Width


Model No. Short Medium
(mm) (mm) Wall
Rafter1 Term Term F1 Short Term F2 Short Term
Plate2 Uplift Down

38 VPA2 40 8 2 1.09 3.33 1.45 1.09

45 VPA25 45 8 2 1.09 3.74 1.45 1.09

50 VPA2.06 52 9 2 1.09 4.16 1.45 1.09

60 VPA35 60 9 2 1.09 5.54 1.45 1.09

90 VPA4 90 11 2 1.09 4.56 1.45 1.09

1. Use 3.75mm x 30mm Square Twist Nails.


2. Use 3.75mm x 75mm Round Wire Nails.

69
Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors

TCP Truss Clip

THE TCP TRUSS CLIP ATTACHES GIRDERS, TRUSSES AND W


RAFTERS TO WALL PLATES TO PROVIDE WIND RESTRAINT.

• TCP Truss Clips may be used for general purposes, strongback attachments
as all-purpose ties wherever one member crosses another.

• Speed prong provides temporary attachment for ease of installation. 65


100
• Obround holes for easier nail driving.

MATERIAL:
Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors

0.9mm pre-galvanised mild steel.


106
INSTALLATION:

Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes.


Typical
TCP Installation

No. Fasteners Modified


(3.75mm x 30mm) Safe Working
Characteristic
Width Loads
Model No. Capacity(kN)
(mm) Short Term
(C24 Timber
To Truss To Plate Uplift
Grade)

TCP38 38 6 6 2.13 3.07


TCP44 44 6 6 2.13 2.70
TCP50 50 6 6 2.13 2.18
1. Safe Working Loads are based on load tests conducted at CERAM Building Technology. Contact
Simpson’s technical department for further information.
2. Please refer to the general notes section at the front of this catalogue for an explanation of modified
characteristic loadings.

Truss Connectors

GS Glide Shoe
GLIDE SHOE SPECIALLY DESIGNED TO ALLOW HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT 25
BETWEEN TRUSSED RAFTER AND WALLPLATE. W

The GS allows lateral movement of scissor trusses up to 15mm during

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


installation of roofing materials and resists uplift forces. Typically used on 62
one or both ends of the truss as determined by the truss designer.

MATERIAL: 1.2mm pre-galvanised mild steel. 10


0

INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners.


43
• Attached the upper part of the glide shoe to the bearing surface of the trussed rafter.
• Install the plate nails. Then drive two nails into the trussed rafter at the inside end of the
slotted holes (inside end is towards the centre of the truss). Do not seat these nails into
the truss - allow room under the nail head for movement of the truss with respect to the
wall during roof construction.
• Install the nails in the remaining fixing holes as indicated in the table below after the roof
has been constructed.

No. Fasteners Safe Working Loads


(3.75mm x 30mm) (kN)
Width
Model No.
(mm)
Temporary Permanent
To Truss
Short Term Uplift1 Short Term Uplift2
GS38 38 8 0.95 1.8 1. Based upon 2 No. 3.75mm x 30mm Square Twist
GS50 50 8 0.95 1.8 Nails installed into the joist (slotted holes only).
GS75 75 8 0.95 1.8 2. Based upon 10 No. 3.75mm x 30mm Square Twist
Nails installed into the joist (all slotted and all round
GS100 100 8 0.95 1.8
holes).
GS115 115 8 0.95 1.8
GS150 150 8 0.95 1.8
GS200 200 8 0.95 1.8

70
Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors

LUS/HUS/HGUS Mono Truss Shoe Girder Hanger

LUS, HUS AND HGUS ARE A ONE PIECE, NON-WELDED, JOIST


HANGER FOR SUPPORTING MONO TRUSSES AND GIRDER HUS230/50
TRUSSES FROM TIMBER MEMBERS. (LUS Similar)
EPC Pat. Pending (FR) (DE) (GB)
• Double shear nailing allows distribution of the carried member’s load
through two points on each nail for greater strength (see illustration). It
also allows fast installation with fewer nails, using common nails for all
connections.

• HGUS Girder Hangers and HUS hangers are tested by TRADA Technology

MATERIAL: LUS: 1.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors


HUS: 1.2mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
HGUS: 2.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes.


• Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table.
• 75mm or 90mm nails must be driven at 45° into joist dome or pan nail
holes, through the carrying member and into the carried member to achieve
the table loads.
One hit of the speed prong on some HUS
and LUS models positions the hanger for
OPTIONS: header nailing.
• Other widths of HGUS are available as special order. Contact Simpson
Strong-Tie for details.
• The LUS & HUS are fully die formed and cannot be modified.
HGUS

Typical HUS
Installation

67

100

W
Double Shear Nailing
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Modified
Safe
Dimensions Number of Fasteners Characteristic
Joist Working Loads (kN)
Model Capacity (kN)
Size
No. Long Medium
(mm) Carried
W H B Support Term Term Download
Member
Download Download
Mono Truss Shoe
1ply 35 or 38 x 100 to150 LUS230/38 38 96 4.45 5.09 7.36
1ply 35 or 38 x 100 to 150 HUS230/38 38 96 5.90 6.80 7.39
44 x 100 to 150 LUS230/44 44 93 10 6 4.45 5.09 6.38
75 (3.75mm x (3.75mm x
44 x 100 to 150 HUS230/44 44 93 30mm) 75mm) 5.60 6.50 6.38
1ply 47 or 50 x 100 to 150 LUS230/50 50 90 4.45 5.09 6.08
1ply 47 or 50 x 100 to 150 HUS230/50 50 90 5.60 6.50 6.08
Girder Hangers
2ply 35 HGUS125/80 80 123 203 83 10.08 11.52 -
3 3
2ply 35 HGUS145/80 80 145 28 10 15.14 17.31 -
2ply 47 HGUS125/105 105 110 203 83 10.08 11.52 -
100
2ply47 HGUS145/105 105 145 283 103 15.14 17.31 -
3ply 35 HGUS145/120 120 145 283 103 15.14 17.31 -
3ply 47 HGUS145/155 155 145 283 103 15.14 17.31 -
1. HUS Safe Working Loads are based on load tests conducted at TRADA Technology Ltd. and derived in accordance with BM TRADA Certification’s Timber Engineering Hardware
Product Q-Mark Scheme. Contact Simpson’s factory for further information.
2. Safe Working Loads for composite wood HGUS sizes are derived from tests conducted in the U.S. See General Notes.
3. 3.75mm x 75mm ROund Wire Nails.
71
Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors

THA250 Adjustable Truss Hangers

THA’S ARE A ONE PIECE, NON-WELDED, JOIST HANGER FOR


SUPPORTING TRUSSED RAFTERS AND COMPOSITE TIMBERS FROM
TIMBER MEMBERS.
THA250/50
• The model number and size is stamped onto the seat of most sizes for easy
identification of the hanger, even after installation.
• A galvanised truss shoe that provides greater support for the truss, combined with
ease of installation that can be adjusted to suit the height of the girder bottom
chord.
• Wider strap provides more surface area on the supporting girder and allows
increased nail spacing, enhancing the performance of the critical hanger-to-support
part of the connection.
Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors

• Minimum and maximum nailing schedules are stamped into the strap on most sizes
providing correct installation information for site operatives.
• Speed-prong on most sizes holds the hanger in position to allow easier attachment.
The installer no longer has to try to hold hanger, joist and nail with one hand and
swing a hammer with the other.

MATERIAL: 1.2mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Two different
installation methods are available depending on the availability of nailing surface.
• Maximum Nailing : For applications where all the nails listed in the table can be
properly installed. Install the quantity of face nails shown into the straps for full
table load and for the THA250, six 75mm nails in joist at 45° angle.
• Minimum Nailing: For applications where the strap is wrapped over the top of
the support. Install nails into each strap at the face surface of the hanger and for the
THA250, 75mm nails at a 45° angle through the joist into the support.
• Bend top flange a minimum of 55mm for the THA250.

Double Shear
Nailing
Examples of THA
Installation
Configurations

Simpson’s exclusive double shear nailing


feature guides the 75mm nails into joist
at a 45° angle. This provides easier nail
driving as the installer doesn’t need to
swing the hammer sideways.

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Number of Fasteners Safe Working Loads1 Modified Characteristic


Dimensions
(kN) Capacity (kN)
Joist
Model Carrying Member Carried
Width
No. (3.75 mmx 30mm) Member Long Term Medium Long Term Download
(mm) W H C
(3.75mm x Download Download (C27)
Top Face 75mm)
THA For Trussed Rafter Sizes
Minimum Nailing With Top Flange Wrap Over
1ply 35 THA250/38 38 256 125 6.80 7.70 10.53
44 THA250/44 44 253 123 6.30 7.20 10.53
1ply 47 THA250/50 50 250 120 4 4 6 6.30 7.20 10.53
2ply 35 THA250/75 75 242 120 6.30 7.20 10.53
2ply 47 THA250/100 100 230 107 6.30 7.20 10.53
Maximum Nailing - All Nail Holes Filled
1ply 35 THA250/38 38 256 125 7.70 8.80 11.21
44 THA250/44 44 253 123 7.70 8.80 11.21
1ply 47 THA250/50 50 250 120 - 24 6 10.10 11.60 12.03
2ply 35 THA250/75 75 242 120 10.10 11.60 12.03
2ply 47 THA250/100 100 230 107 10.10 11.60 12.03

1. THA Safe Working Loads are based on load tests conducted at TRADA Technology Ltd. and derived in accordance with BM TRADA Certification’s Timber Engineering Hardware
Product Q-Mark Scheme. Contact Simpson’s technical department for further information.

72
Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors

THG TRUSS Girder Hangers

THESE HEAVY-DUTY TRUSS HANGERS ARE DESIGNED TO SUPPORT


MULTIPLE PLY GIRDER TRUSSES FROM VERTICAL TRUSS MEMBERS.
THG3
MATERIAL: 3mm pre-galvanised mild steel, Skewed THG: 3mm mild steel.

FINISH: Skewed THG: Hot dip galvanised.

INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes.


• Order bolts, nuts and washers separately. Specify the carrying member thickness
when ordering bolts. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified THG
in the table. All multiple members must be fastened together to act as a single unit. Skewed
• The minimum vertical carrying member widths are 175mm for the THG4 and 147mm Right

Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors


for all others.
• Use a maximum bottom chord in the carrying member to allow for the minimum bolt
end distance: THG3B and THG4B: 147mm, THG2 and THG3: 175mm, THG4: 200mm
• Attach the THG to the center of the vertical carrying member. Use the two face nail
holes for temporary placement while boring the bolt holes.

OPTIONS: Other widths available to order.


• Slope and/or skew models available. This is a welded product that is hot dip galvanised or
powder coated after manufacture. Dimensions may vary from standard THG’s.
• Slope down to 30° and/or skewed left or right to 45°. Specify degree of slope and/or skew.
• The skew angle is measured from the line perpendicular to the carrying member as per
illustration below.
• Back-to-Back installation models available to order.
• Some models have optional carried member bolt holes for additional uplift capacity. Bolts are
not required unless specified by the designer for increased uplift. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie
for uplift capacity.

THG Typical
Installed THG
Skewed Installed
Right
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Skew
Angle

Dimensions Number of Fasteners Safe


Working
Model Carried Support
Model No. Loads
No. Member Carrying Carried Plys
Medium
W H B HB Member Member Term
(Bolt) (3.75x30)
THG2/80 475 115 317 2 (M20) 4 DBL 35 15.40
THG3/80 555 135 319 3 (M20) 4 DBL 47 20.53
2ply 35 80 THG2
THG3B/80 485 120 290 3 (M20) 8 TPL 35 21.88
THG4B/80 565 135 290 4 (M20) 8 TPL 47 25.20
THG2/105 475 115 317 2 (M20) 4 DBL 35 23.10
THG3/105 555 135 319 3 (M20) 4 THG3 & DBL 47 30.79
2ply 47 105
THG3B/105 485 120 290 3 (M20) 8 THG3B TPL 35 32.81
THG4B/105 565 135 290 4 (M20) 8 TPL 47 35.03
THG3/120 555 135 319 3 (M20) 4 DBL 35 30.80
THG3B/120 485 120 290 3 (M20) 8 DBL 47 38.90
3ply 35 120 THG4B
THG4/120 705 135 367 4 (M24) 4 TPL 35 38.90
THG4B/120 565 135 290 4 (M20) 8 TPL 47 38.90
THG3/155 555 135 319 3 (M20) 4 DBL 35 30.80
THG3B/155 485 120 290 3 (M20) 8 DBL 47 38.90
3ply 47 155 THG4
THG4/155 705 135 367 4 (M24) 4 TPL 35 38.90
THG4B/155 565 135 290 4 (M20) 8 TPL 47 38.90
THG4/210 4ply 47 210 705 135 367 4 (M24) 4

73
Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors

TBE Truss Bearing Enhancers

THE TBE TRANSFERS LOAD FROM THE TRUSS OR GIRDER TO PLATES


FOR BEARING-LIMITED CONDITIONS, AND PROVIDES EXCEPTIONAL
UPLIFT CAPACITY.

In some cases, replaces an additional ply when needed for bearing. One size works with 63
any number of girder plys. Subtract the down SWL from the truss end reaction to calculate 44
the required truss minimum bearing length.

MATERIAL: 1.2mm pre-galvanised mild steel. 13

INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Always install in pairs.
13
Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors

44

90m
m 28
38

TBE4
U.S. Patent 5,109,646;
Canada Patent 2,044,440

TBE Installed on Top Plate Two TBE’s Installed with


Alternate Installation Bend Tab along slot and 2ply Girder Trusses
nail one leg to the top of the timber plate

Nails Per TBE Safe Working Loads Alternate


Modified Characteristic Capacity (kN)
Installation
(C24 Timber Grade)
Lateral SWL Short Term
Truss
Model No. Plys Down Uplift
Parallel
(mm) Truss Plate to Plate Lateral Lateral
F1 F2 Down Up
Long Medium Short Short Short F1 F2
Term Term Term Term Term
1 - 35
10 10 6.35 7.15 3.10 1.44
2 - 35 6.94 8.67 3.78 1.67 4.29

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


(3.75x30) (3.75x30)
TBE4 1 - 47 1.16 3.83
3 - 35 10 10 9.83 11.06 4.05 1.44
8.54 9.34 3.78 1.67 4.29
2 - 47 (3.75x75) (3.75x75)

Alternate Installation Notes


1. Loads are for two TBE’s only.
2. SWL’s are determined only by nail shear calculations or tests of the metal connectors. The attached timber members must be designed to
withstand the loads imposed by the nails.
3. Perpendicular to plate SWL’s are reduced for alternate installation.
4. Please refer to the general notes section at the front of this catalogue for an explanation of modified characteristic loadings.

Alternative Installation: Modified Characteristic Capacity (kN) : C24 Timber Grade


Model No.
Down Up Lateral F1 Lateral F2

TBE4 3.34 0.00 3.49 1.98

74
Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors

TC Scissor Truss Clip

THE TC ALLOWS LATERAL MOVEMENT OF SCISSOR TRUSSES UP TO


30MM DURING INSTALLATION OF ROOFING MATERIALS AND RESISTS
UPLIFT FORCES. TYPICALLY USED ON ONE OR BOTH ENDS OF THE
TRUSS AS DETERMINED BY THE TRUSS DESIGNER.

MATERIAL: 1.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes.


• Drive 3.75mm x 75mm nails into the truss at the inside end of the slotted holes
(inside end is towards the center of the truss). Do not seat these nails into the truss.
• Allow room under the nail head for movement of the truss with respect to the wall.

Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors


Optional TC26 Installation: Bend one flange up 90°. Drive specified nails into the top
and face of the top plates. See optional load tables and details below.

TC26 Installation TC24 Installation


For Block Work Using a U.S. Patent 4,932,173
Timber Plate

Safe Working Modified Characteristic Capacity (kN)


Fasteners (C24 Timber Grade)
Model Load
No. Short Term
Truss Plate Uplift Up

4 4
TC24 1.82 2.40
(3.75x75) (3.75x75)
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

5 6
TC26 2.40 4.51
(3.75x75) (3.75x75)

TC26 Optional Installation

5 6
1.38 1.45
(3.75x30) (3.75x30)
TC26
5 6
1.45 2.27
(3.75x75) (3.75x75)

1. Optional TC26 installation with 3.75 x 75 nails requires minimum 75mm top plate thickness.
2. Safe Working Loads are derived from tests conducted in the U.S. See General Notes.
3. Please refer to the general notes section at the front of this catalogue for an explanation of modified characteristic loadings.

75
Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors

CP Camplate Nailed Plate Timber Fastener

BBA APPROVED-AGRÉMENT CERTIFICATE NO 97/3432.


THE CONCENTRIC DIMPLES PRESSED INTO THE PLATE
ASSISTS IN THE LOCATION OF THE NAIL. CERTIFICATE No 97/3432

MATERIAL:
Dimensions
Model No.
1.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
A B
INSTALLATION:
CP41/152 41 152
CP72/152 72 152
Refer to Agrément Certificate No. 97/3432.
Use 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails. For design criteria please refer to BBA CP83/178 83 178
Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors

Agrément Certificate. CP83/203 83 203


CP83/229 83 229
CP83/254 83 254
CP Typical CP Installation CP103/152 103 152
CP103/203 103 203
CP103/254 103 254
B
CP103/305 103 305
A
CP144/178 144 178
20.6 CP144/203 144 203
0 Ty
p. CP144/254 144 254
25.4 CP165/330 165 330
0 Ty
p. CP206/305 206 305
CP206/356 206 356

Truss Connectors

TPA Tie Plate

FLANGED NAIL-ON TIE PLATE.


FOR NON STRUCTURAL APPLICATIONS ONLY.

MATERIAL: 1.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.


m
INSTALLATION: Holes are sized for 3.35mm nails. 20m

m mm
79m 228

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


Truss Connectors

BSB Bracing Shelf Support Bracket

BSB IS A SIMPSON STRONG-TIE BRACKET WHICH COMPLIES


WITH THE NEW ARRANGEMENTS FOR ENHANCED AND SUPER
BRACING INCLUDED IN THE REVISED BS 5268:PART 3.
BSB35
76

MATERIAL: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

INSTALLATION: Nail BSB to each end of the timber bracing shelf using
specified fasteners through all round holes. Locate assembly from underside
at a maximum of 250mm from wall and nail to top chords using specified
fasteners through all round nail holes. Nail diagonal bracing member to
underside of timber shelf. Diagonal bracing size and fastener specification to
be as defined in proposed BS 5268 Part 3.

No. Fasteners
Width (3.75mm x 30mm)
Model No.
(mm)
Rafter Shelf
BSB35 38 10 10
BSB47 50 10 10

76
Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors

VTC2 Valley Truss Clip

VTC2 IS A VALLEY TRUSS TO COMMON CONNECTOR.

• Structural valley connection.

• Field adjustment for pitch. Adjustable between 10 and 40 degrees.

• Eliminates bottom chord bevelling or wedging.

• Reduces valley installation costs.

• Reduces valley truss manufacture cost.

Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors


MATERIAL:

Pre-galvanised mild steel. Patent: GB2381544

No. Fasteners Safe Working Load (kN)

Model No. 1. 3.75mm x 30mm refers


Common Valley to square twist nails.
Uplift Long
Truss Truss Download Long Term
Term
(3.35mm x 65mm) (3.75mm x 30mm)

VTC2 4 5 0.76 2.00

VTC2 Installation Sequence

Step One: Step Two: Step Three:


Attach VTC2 to top of common Adjust the up slope stirrup Adjust the down slope stirrup
truss chord or through sheafing vertically and attach to the vertically and attach to the
at valley truss intersection. valley truss using two of the valley truss bottom chord using
specified fasteners. three of the specified fasteners.
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Typical VTC2 Installation

Valley Truss

Common Truss

77
Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors

IUB/HIUB Metal Web Joist Hanger


THE IUB/HIUB HANGER SUPPORTS METAL WEB JOISTS AND SOLID TIMBER JOISTS WITHOUT THE NEED
FOR PLYWOOD GUSSETS

The product incorporates the unique features of bottom flanges, which provide enhanced capacity.

• Can be used on metal web joists or solid joist headers.

• Eliminates the need for plywood gussets when supported from a metal web joist.

• IUB Bottom flanges provide enhanced download capacity and quickly sets the hanger onto the header.

• Obround holes in face to provide easier nailing access in tight locations.


Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors

• IUB: Positive Angle Nailing (PAN) of joist to speed installation and reduce the likelihood of splitting.

• IUB has hexagonal holes for SDS screw installation and optional triangular nail holes for additional download, when used in
conjunction with a plywood gusset, and additional uplift capacities.

MATERIAL:

IUB: 1.2mm pre-galvanised mild steel.


HIUB: 2.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

INSTALLATION:

• Position the hanger onto the face of supporting floor truss, ensuring the bottom flanges are tight up against the underside of
the bottom chord.

• Install 3.75 x 30mm nails into the holes within the hanger bottom flanges. Fill all face round and obround holes with
3.75 x 30mm square twist nails.

• Sit the carried joist into the hanger and install 3.75 x 30mm nails through the angled pan nail holes into the joist.

• For enhanced uplift fill all joist triangular nail holes with 3.75mm x 30mm nails.

• For SDS screw installation the IUB may be installed with 4 No 6.2 x 63mm long SDS screws through the hexagonal holes in
the face.

IUB HIUB

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


SDS SCREW
HOLE

TRIANGULAR
OPTIONAL
H NAIL HOLES
FOR ADDITIONAL
UPLIFT

50
BOTTOM W
FLANGES
PAN NAIL
HOLES

78
Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors

IUB/HIUB Metal Web Joist Hanger


Standard IUB Installation HIUB Installation

SUPPORTING
FLOOR TRUSS

TRIANGULAR HOLES
TO BE FILLED FOR PAN NAIL
ENHANCED UPLIFT HOLES

CARRIED

Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors


JOIST

IUB Hangers for Standard Installation (Joist Header)

Number of Fasteners
Safe Working Loads (kN)
Joist Joist (Use 3.75mm x 30mm)
Model
Width Height
No. Download Uplift
(mm) (mm)
Header Joist
Long Term Short Term

202 IUB190/75 10 2 3.50 1.00

225 IUB215/75 10 2 3.50 1.00

254 IUB249/75 10 2 3.50 1.00

72 304 IUB295/75 10 2 3.50 1.00

373 IUB375/75 10 2 3.50 1.00

417 IUB415/75 10 2 3.50 1.00


421
IUB419/75 10 2 3.50 1.00

202 IUB190/100 10 2 3.50 1.00

225 IUB215/100 10 2 3.50 1.00

254 IUB249/100 10 2 3.50 1.00

97 304 IUB295/100 10 2 3.50 1.00

373 IUB375/100 10 2 3.50 1.00

417 IUB415/100 10 2 3.50 1.00

421 IUB419/100 10 2 3.50 1.00


Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

202 IUB190/125 10 2 3.50 1.00

225 IUB215/125 10 2 3.50 1.00

254 IUB249/125 10 2 3.50 1.00

122 304 IUB295/125 10 2 3.50 1.00

373 IUB375/125 10 2 3.50 1.00

417 IUB415/125 10 2 3.50 1.00

421 IUB419/125 10 2 3.50 1.00

202 IUB190/150 10 2 3.50 1.00

225 IUB215/150 10 2 3.50 1.00

254 IUB249/150 10 2 3.50 1.00


1ply 147
304 IUB295/150 10 2 3.50 1.00
2ply 72
373 IUB375/150 10 2 3.50 1.00

417 IUB415/150 10 2 3.50 1.00

421 IUB419/150 10 2 3.50 1.00

1. 3.75 x 30 refers to a galvanised square twist nail.


2. Standard Nailed Installation: IUB installed directly onto Metal Web Floor Truss headers without Plywood Gussets.

79
Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors

IUB/HIUB Metal Web Floor Truss Hanger


IUB Hanger Performance Data: SDS Installation

Number of Fasteners Safe Working Loads (kN)


Joist Joist
Model
Width Height
No. Download Uplift
(mm) (mm) Header Joist
(6.2mm x 63mm) (3.75mm x 30mm)
Long Term Short Term
202 IUB190/75 4 2 5.80 0.96
225 IUB215/75 4 2 7.40 0.96
254 IUB249/75 4 2 7.40 0.96
Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors

72 304 IUB295/75 4 2 7.40 0.96


373 IUB375/75 4 2 7.40 0.96
417 IUB415/75 4 2 7.40 0.96
421 IUB419/75 4 2 7.40 0.96
202 IUB190/100 4 2 5.80 0.96
225 IUB215/100 4 2 7.40 0.96
254 IUB249/100 4 2 7.40 0.96
97 304 IUB295/100 4 2 7.40 0.96
373 IUB375/100 4 2 7.40 0.96
417 IUB415/100 4 2 7.40 0.96
421 IUB419/100 4 2 7.40 0.96
202 IUB190/125 4 2 5.80 0.96
225 IUB215/125 4 2 7.40 0.96
254 IUB249/125 4 2 7.40 0.96
122 304 IUB295/125 4 2 7.40 0.96
373 IUB375/125 4 2 7.40 0.96
417 IUB415/125 4 2 7.40 0.96
421 IUB419/125 4 2 7.40 0.96
202 IUB190/150 4 2 5.80 0.96
225 IUB215/150 4 2 7.40 0.96
254 IUB249/150 4 2 7.40 0.96
1ply 47
304 IUB295/150 4 2 7.40 0.96
2ply 72
373 IUB375/150 4 2 7.40 0.96
417 IUB415/150 4 2 7.40 0.96
421 IUB419/150 4 2 7.40 0.96

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


1. 3.75 x 30 refers to a square twist nail.
2. 6.2 x 63 refers to a SDS Screw available from Simpson Strong-Tie, order code SDS¹⁄4 x 2¹⁄2.

SDS Screw IUB Installation

SUPPORTING
FLOOR TRUSS

TRIANGULAR HOLES
TO BE FILLED FOR PAN NAIL
ENHANCED UPLIFT HOLES

CARRIED
JOIST

80
Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors

IUB/HIUB Metal Web Floor Truss Hanger

HIUB Hanger Performance Data

Number of Fasteners
Safe Working Loads (kN)
Joist Joist (Use 3.75mm x 30mm)
Model
Width Height
No. Download Uplift
(mm) (mm)
Header Joist
Long Term Short Term
202 HIUB202/75 14 8 9.30 3.80
219 HIUB218/75 14 8 9.30 3.80
225 HIUB225/75 14 8 9.30 3.80
254 HIUB253/75 14 8 9.30 3.80

Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors


72
304 HIUB304/75 14 8 9.30 3.80
373 HIUB373/75 14 8 9.30 3.80
417 HIUB418/75 14 8 9.30 3.80
421 HIUB420/75 14 8 9.30 3.80
202 HIUB202/100 14 8 9.30 3.80
219 HIUB218/100 14 8 9.30 3.80
225 HIUB225/100 14 8 9.30 3.80
254 HIUB253/100 14 8 9.30 3.80
97
304 HIUB304/100 14 8 9.30 3.80
373 HIUB373/100 14 8 9.30 3.80
417 HIUB418/100 14 8 9.30 3.80
421 HIUB420/100 14 8 9.30 3.80
202 HIUB202/125 14 8 9.30 3.80
219 HIUB218/125 14 8 9.30 3.80
225 HIUB225/125 14 8 9.30 3.80
254 HIUB253/125 14 8 9.30 3.80
122
304 HIUB304/125 14 8 9.30 3.80
373 HIUB373/125 14 8 9.30 3.80
417 HIUB418/125 14 8 9.30 3.80
421 HIUB420/125 14 8 9.30 3.80
202 HIUB202/150 14 8 9.30 3.80
219 HIUB218/150 14 8 9.30 3.80
225 HIUB225/150 14 8 9.30 3.80
1 ply 147 254 HIUB253/150 14 8 9.30 3.80
2ply 72 304 HIUB304/150 14 8 9.30 3.80
373 HIUB373/150 14 8 9.30 3.80
417 HIUB418/150 14 8 9.30 3.80
421 HIUB420/150 14 8 9.30 3.80
202 HIUB202/200 14 8 9.30 3.80
219 HIUB218/200 14 8 9.30 3.80
225 HIUB225/200 14 8 9.30 3.80
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

254 HIUB253/200 14 8 9.30 3.80


2ply 97
304 HIUB304/200 14 8 9.30 3.80
373 HIUB373/200 14 8 9.30 3.80
417 HIUB418/200 14 8 9.30 3.80
421 HIUB420/200 14 8 9.30 3.80
202 HIUB202/250 14 8 9.30 3.80
219 HIUB218/250 14 8 9.30 3.80
225 HIUB225/250 14 8 9.30 3.80
254 HIUB253/250 14 8 9.30 3.80
2ply 122
304 HIUB304/250 14 8 9.30 3.80
373 HIUB373/250 14 8 9.30 3.80
417 HIUB418/250 14 8 9.30 3.80
421 HIUB420/250 14 8 9.30 3.80
202 HIUB202/300 14 8 9.30 3.80
219 HIUB218/300 14 8 9.30 3.80
225 HIUB225/300 14 8 9.30 3.80
254 HIUB253/300 14 8 9.30 3.80
2ply 147
304 HIUB304/300 14 8 9.30 3.80
373 HIUB380/300 14 8 9.30 3.80
417 HIUB418/300 14 8 9.30 3.80
421 HIUB420/300 14 8 9.30 3.80

81
Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors

SDS Metal Web Joist Screws

SIMPSON STRONG-DRIVE® SCREWS CAN BE USED FOR A FAST AND EFFECTIVE CONNECTION
OF THE TIMBER FLANGES OF A 2-PLY OPEN WEB FLOOR JOIST.

Simpson Strong-Drive® Screws are in 2 styles, SDS¹/4 and SDS6, dependent on the length
as shown below. SDS¹/4 – features a ³⁄ 8 hex head (driver supplied). SDS6 – features a T30 T star head (driver supplied).
SDS6

INSTALLATION

• No pre-drilling required.
• Install screws from one side of joist.
• For best installation use a low speed drill.
• Install the bottom of the screw head integral washer flush to the surface of the member being connected.
SH
Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors

• Do not over-drive Strong-Drive screws.


• Minimum pointside penetration of 50mm into last ply required.
• Strong-Drive screws are recommended for use in dry environments. Care should be taken during construction to
prevent prolonged exposure to water or wet weather. L1
DESIGN AND DETAILING

• Flanges to be a minimum of 47mm deep.


• Screws shall be installed within 300mm either side of a concentrated load to be considered effective in transferring
load. It is common practice to facilitate handling of the multi ply to also install screws uniformly distributed along
the length of the joist at centres not exceeding 600mm.
• Gap between trusses not to exceed 3mm. T
• Floor sheathing to be attached to the top of both floor joists by nailing, screwing or gluing.
• If screws are installed in the wrong face, install additional screws in the correct face with a maximum spacing of
2x the required spacing but not exceeding 600mm c/c. Offset the additional screws from the existing screws to
prevent splitting.
• Do not install Strong-Drive screws through the metal web plates unless approved by the joist manufacturer;
pre-drilling would be required.
• The floor designer must ensure each joist is designed for the appropriate loads considering the location of the
applied loads.
• Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 75mm to avoid conflicts with other hardware or timber defects.

SDS¹⁄₄

SH

L1

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


T

SDS Installed

OPTIONS AVAILABLE LOAD CAPACITY

Length Smooth Shank Thread Shank


Joist Ply Long term Lateral
Model Length Length Diameter Screw
Widths Load Capacity
No. L1 SH T d Model No.
mm N
mm mm mm mm

SDS1/4 X 5 127 51 70 6 2 x 72 SDS1/4 X 5 1060


SDS1/4 X 6 152 63 83 6 2 x 97 SDS1/4 X 6 1060
SDS6 X 180 180 111 67 4.3 2 x 122 SDS6 X 180 616
SDS6 X 200 200 129 67 4.3 2 x 147 SDS6 X 200 616

LOAD TRANSFER - Examples of 2-Ply Multi Joists

Joist Ply Maximum Allowable Applied Load kN


Screw
Widths
Model No.
mm 2 No. Screws 4 No. Screws 6 No. Screws 8 No. Screws

2 x 72 SDS1/4 X 5 4.24 8.48 12.72 16.96


2 x 97 SDS1/4 X 6 4.24 8.48 12.72 16.96
2 x 122 SDS6 X 180 2.46 4.93 7.39 9.84
2 x 147 SDS6 X 200 2.46 4.93 7.39 9.84

82
Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors

HRC Hip Ridge Connectors

THE HRC IS A ONE-PIECE CONNECTOR FOR SUPPORTING HIP


HRC22
MEMBERS FROM THE RIDGE BEAM OR RAFTERS
U.S. Patent 2,380,116

The HRC is a one-piece connector for supporting hip members from the ridge beam or 217
rafters. Can be used on Metal Web Floor Trusses or Solid Joist headers.
It is site adjustable slope for right and left 45° skewed rafters. 38mm

MATERIAL:
117
HRC22 and HRC1.81: 1.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel
HRC44: 2.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel
HRC50: 1.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel

Truss & Metal Web Joist Connectors


87
INSTALLATION:
W
• On the end of the ridge, use optional slots to secure the HRC22, HRC50 and
HRC1.81. Bend face flanges back flush with the ridge, and complete the nailing.
90
• On face of ridge, adjust to correct height and install nails.

• Obround nail holes ease rafter installation.

• Optional diamond holes on the HRC range (except HRC44) are for installation 216
convenience. HRC44
• Double bevel cut hip members to achieve full bearing capacity.

• May be sloped to 45° with no reduction in loads.

Typical HRC Installation on the 148


Edge of a Ridge
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Optional HRC
Installation

No. Fasteners Safe Working Loads


Dimensions (mm)
(3.75mm x 30mm) (kN)

Model No.
Down
Carrying Short Term
Width Ridge Each Hip
Member Uplift
Long Term Medium term

HRC22 40 38 to 45 16 2 0.93 2.78 3.46


HRC1.81 46 38 to 45 16 2 0.93 2.78 3.46
HRC50 50 38 to 50 16 2 0.93 2.78 3.46
HRC44 90 89 242 62 1.85 6.18 6.81

1. Safe working loads shown are for each hip. Total load carried by the connector is double this number.
2. Use 4.0mm x 90mm nails with the HRC44.

83
Angles & Ties

A35 Framing Anchors

THE A35 ANCHOR’S EXCLUSIVE BENDING SLOT ALLOWS A34 36 36


INSTANT, ACCURATE BENDING ON SITE FOR ALL TWO AND
THREE-WAY TIES.
36 36
Balanced, completely reversible design allows the A35 to be used to
secure a wide variety of connections.
63
76
MATERIAL: A35

1.2mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

INSTALLATION:

Use all the specified fasteners. 38


See General Notes.

C16 Modified
Fasteners Safe Working Loads (kN)
Model Type of Direction Characteristic Loads (kN)
(3.75mm x 30mm
No. Connection of Load
Square Twist) Long Term Download
F1 1.30 1.68
A34 1 8
F2 1.06 2.40
A1, E 0.98 3.09
Angles & Ties

2 9
C1 0.64 1.82
A2 0.98 3.09
A35 3 12 C2 0.98 2.06
D 0.57 1.87
F1 1.93 8.65
4 12
F2 1.86 6.60
1. Working loads are for one anchor. When the anchors are installed on each side of the joist, the minimum joist thickness is 75mm.
2. Some illustrations show connections that would cause cross-grain tension or bending of the wood during loading if not reinforced sufficiently. In which case, consider mechanical reinforcement.

TYPE OF CONNECTIONS
1: A34 2: A35 3: A35 4: A35

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


Beam to Posts Ceiling Joists
A and B Legs Outside To Beam

Chimney Framing

Joists
To Beam

Studs to Plate Joists to Plate


with B Leg Outside with A Leg Inside

84
Angles & Ties

L70 Reinforcing Angle


A REINFORCING ANGLE DESIGNED TO TRANSFER LOADS
BETWEEN 2 PLY FLOOR BEAMS.

The L70 Reinforcing Angle may be used in pairs to transfer the L70
loads between floor truss plys.
35
MATERIAL: 1.6mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

INSTALLATION: Use all the specified fasteners. 60


• Use in pairs; as illustrated. The distance between the centre of each L70 in
the pair should not exceed 300mm.
• Nail the shorter sides of the L70’s into the sides of the loaded truss member.
178
• Nail the longer sides of the L70’s into the top of the clipped truss member.
• Floor decking shall be applied to the top chord of each truss. Attach decking
to each truss with nails or screws at a maximum of 300mm centres.

Safe Working
Model No. Fasteners Loads (kN)
Qty
No. (3.75mm x 30mm)
C16 Timber TR26 Timber
L70 2 16 3.42 3.96

1. Maximum allowable load transfer for each pair of L70 reinforcing angles, subject to load transfer
rates within the table below.
2. 3.75 x 30 refers to square twist nails . Typical L70 Installation
3. Allowable loads shown are for truss top chord applications only.
4. Allowable loads shown are for downward vertical floor loads only.
60mm
LOADED

Angles & Ties


TRUSS CLIPPED
% of Applied Load Transferred to Clipped Truss FLOOR TRUSS

L/D 300mm (MAX)

L70 Position
L/D
L/D
Greater or equal
Less Than12
12
Middle 2 ⁄ 3 of Truss Span 40% 20%
End 1 ⁄ 6 of Span 25% 20%

1. L/D = Truss Span (mm) divided by Truss Depth (mm). F TRANSFER


2. The truss designer shall determine the L/D ratio required to ensure satisfactory truss performance.
3. The truss designer shall design each truss to meet all applicable code requirements.
4. The truss designer must determine the quantity and spacing of pairs based on load capacity requirements. Provide a pair of
L70’s at each load application point unless the loaded truss is designed for the total load applied between the L70’s. (Load
transfer shall not exceed the applicable table value or the limits stated in the notes).
5. Loads may not be increased for construction or other loading conditions.
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Angles & Ties

A Angles
The ‘A’ angles versatility means it can be used in many applications requiring 90° fixing.

MATERIAL: Pre-galvanised mild steel. W2

INSTALLATION: Use all the specified fasteners.


A88
Fasteners SWL (kN)
Material Dimension
Model Base Post
W1
Thickness
No. F1 F2
(mm)
W1 W2 L Bolts Nails Bolts Nails
A21 1.2 50 38 35 - 21 - 2 0.61 0.51
A23 1.2 50 38 70 - 41 - 4 1.22 1.22
A33 2.5 75 75 38 - 42 - 4 1.80 0.96 L
A88 2.5 200 200 50 3 - 10mm - 3 - 10mm - - -
1. Use 3.75mm x 30mm nails.
2. use 3.75mm x 75mm nails. Typical
F1 A21-A23
Installation
F2
Typical
A33
Installation

85
Angles & Ties

RTA Rigid Tie Angle


THESE PRODUCTS ALLOW THE DO-IT-YOURSELFER TO BUILD
SHELVES, TABLES, WORKBENCHES AND UTILITY FURNITURE.

Rigid Tie Angles wrap around the wood members from two
directions—obsoleting the need for angle bracing, gussets and Model Minimum Timber Size
plywood stiffeners in many wood construction projects. The RTA Suggested Screws
No. (mm)
is ideal for gates, rectangular frame construction or any other
project with right angles. RTA1 38 No 6 Screw x 32
RTA2Z 38 8: SDS8x1.25
MATERIAL: RTA1—1.2mm; RTA2Z—1.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

RTA1 RTA2Z Typical RTA1 Installation


Angles & Ties

Angles & Ties

E Angle Brackets

Heavy angles for general connecting of timber at 90o angles.


Reinforced ribs add extra rigidity.
E2/2,5
MATERIAL: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Dimensions (mm) Fixing Holes

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


Model
No. W2
Nails Bolts
Thickness W1 W2 L
(5mm) (11mm)

E5/2 2.0 75 48 65 13 2
E2/2,5/7090 2.5 90 90 65 16 2
E9S/2,5 2.5 90 150 65 22 3
E9/2,5 2.5 150 150 65 28 4
W1

E2/2,5 Installed L

86
Angles & Ties

EA Light Reinforced Angle Bracket

THESE ANGLE BRACKETS ARE USED TO ASSEMBLE


STRUCTURAL JOINERY FOR BOTH INTERNAL AND
EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS. EA444/2

MATERIAL: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Dimensions (mm) Fixing Holes


Model
No.
Nails Bolts
Thickness W1 W2 L
(5mm) (11mm)

EA444/2 2.0 40 40 40 6 -
EA554/2 2.0 50 50 40 8 2 W1
EA664/2 2.0 60 60 40 10 2
EA756/2 2.0 50 70 60 8 2

L W2

Angles & Ties


Angles & Ties

EC Light Duty Angle Bracket

THESE ANGLE BRACKETS ARE USED FOR MANY


APPLICATIONS OF DIY. THEY ARE GENERALLY ADAPTED
TO REINFORCE STRUCTURAL PIECES OF FURNITURE.

MATERIAL: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

EC80/2,5
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Dimensions (mm) Fixing Holes


Model
No.
Thickness W1 W2 L Screws (5mm)

EC30/2 2.0 30 30 15 4 x 4.2mm

EC40/2 2.0 40 40 15 4 x 4.2mm W1


EC50/2 2.0 50 50 15 4 x 4.2mm

EC80/2,5 2.5 80 80 15 6 x 4.2mm

EC90/3 3.0 90 90 18 4 x 5.5mm

W2
L

87
Angles & Ties

EFIXR/S Adjustable Angle Bracket


These angles are used for both internal and external timber connections.
EFIXS120
• Various bracket heights.
• Two slotted fixing holes for easier adjustment.

MATERIAL: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Dimensions (mm) Fixing Holes


Model
No.
Nails
Thickness W1 W2 L Bolts
(5mm)

6.5x30 W1
EFIXR553 2.0 50 50 30 8
8.5x30
6.5x65
EFIXR753 2.0 70 50 30 9
8.5x30
6.5x65
EFIXS100 2.5 98 52 30 10
8.5x30
6.5x65
EFIXS120 3.0 117 52 30 10
8.5x30

W2
L
Angles & Ties

Angles & Ties

END Multi Angle Bracket

These angle brackets are designed to ensure versatility.

MATERIAL: Pre-galvanised mild steel. END55

Dimensions (mm) Fixing Holes


Model
No.
Nails
Thickness W1 W2 L Bolts W1
(5mm)
1: 8mm
END55 2.0 55 65 30 2 6: 20mm
8: 20mm

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


1: 8mm
END100 2.0 100 65 30 4 6: 20mm
8: 20mm

W2
L

Angles & Ties

ES Nail Plate Angle Bracket

Simple angle brackets which are very versatile, used for timber
to timber connections.
ES10/40
MATERIAL: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

W1
Dimensions (mm) Fixing Holes
Model
No.
Thickness W1 W2 L Nails (5mm)

ES10/40 2.0 60 60 40 10
ES10/60 2.0 60 60 60 16 W2
L
ES11/60 2.0 60 60 60 22

88
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

We don’t.
Think you can take quality for granted?

89
Timber Connectors

H High Wind Tie

Designed to provide ties for trusses and rafters likely to be subject


40
to high winds, this versatile range may be used for general
purposes, strongback attachments and as all-purpose ties where
one timber crosses another.
H2.5
H2.5 and H4 may be installed in pairs to achieve twice the stated
safe working loads. Where the truss thickness is less than 63mm
install diagonally across from each other, as shown in the 40
illustration below.
138
The H4 has a unique shape that requires fewer nails. The design
allows for installation on the inside of the wall plate without 60
interfering with the gypsum board or for installation on the outside
of the wall plate without interfering with the cladding material. 38
MATERIAL:

H2.5: 1.2mm; H4: 0.9mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. H4


U.S. Patent 4,714,372 92
• H2.5 and H4 ties are shipped in equal quantities of separate 44
rights and lefts.

• Protruding nails should always be clinched.


54

Number of Fasteners Safe


Modified Characteristic Capacity (kN)
(Use 3.75mm x 30mm) Working Loads (kN)
Model
Timber Connectors

No. Short Lateral Short Term Lateral Short Term


To Rafters To Plates Term Uplift
Uplift F1 F2 F1 F2
H2.5 5 5 1.65 0.58 0.58 1.49 0.89 0.89
H4 4 4 1.05 0.62 0.60 - - -
1. SWL’s are for one anchor. A minimum rafter thickness of 63mm must be used when framing anchors are installed on each side of the joist and on the same side of the plate.
2. Uplift SWL’s are for the H4 sole plate installation@ 0.92kN; 1.58kN for H2.5.
3. When cross-grain bending or cross-grain tension cannot be avoided, mechanical reinforcement to resist all such forces should be considered.

H2.5 Installation H4 Sole Plate H4 Installation


Installation
(see footnote 2)

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Top View Installation to Achieve Twice the Load

Install diagonally across from Nailing into both sides of a single


each other for single ply 35mm or ply 35mm or 47mm truss may
47mm trusses. cause the wood to split.

90
Timber Connectors

LS Skewable Angle
Designed to attach timber members at irregular angles, these
connectors can be bent on site from 0° to 135°.

The staggered nail pattern reduces the possibility for splitting Typical LS70
and allows installation on both sides of the member. Installation

MATERIAL: 1.2mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes.


Angles should be bent to suit installation only once. Joists must be
constrained against rotation (for example, with solid blocking)
when using a single LS Angle per connection.
LS
SWL (kN) U.S. Patent 4,230,416
Model Fasteners
Length Long Medium
No. (3.75mm x 75mm)
Term Term
LS30 85 6 1.29 1.60
LS70 Top View
LS50 124 6 1.73 2.16
LS70 162 10 2.16 2.58

1. Loads are for one part only.


2. Minimum timber thickness to achieve table load is 45mm. For 35mm timber, use 81%
of the table load.
55 55

Timber Connectors

SSTC/DSTC Timber Connectors

Timber Connectors
SSTC
Single sided and double sided connector plates for enhanced
bolt performance in timber. Conforms to BS EN 912: 1999 Annex C.
Specification for toothed plate connectors.

MATERIAL: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Thickness as stated in table. DSTC


INSTALLATION: Refer to BS 5268:Part 2.

Dimensions(mm) Typical DSTC


Model Installation
No. Dia. Hole Dia. Material Teeth Height
dc d1 t ht
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

SSTC50 48 12 1.00 6.6


SSTC60 62 12 1.20 8.7
SSTC75 75 16 1.25 10.4
DSTC50 48 16 1.00 13.0
DSTC60 62 20 1.20 16.0
DSTC75 75 26 1.25 19.5

Timber Connectors

T Brackets

Model Fasteners Dimensions (mm)


Material
No.
2
Nails1 Bolts L H B

2.0mm
66T 8 3 150 125 38
Galvanised Steel

1. Use 4.0mm x 100mm nails. 66T


2. Use 10mm bolts. Typical 66T Installation

91
Caps & Bases

ABE/PBS/CB Standoff Post Bases

FEATURES 25MM STANDOFF HEIGHT ABOVE CONCRETE FLOORS TO ABE44


REDUCE THE POTENTIAL FOR DECAY AT POST AND COLUMN ENDS.

• ABE base design includes anchor bolt adjustment slot. Four-sided standoff plate
increases download support and provides attractive appearance.
• PBS must be set when concrete is poured.
• The ABE may be attached to anchor bolt set when concrete is poured or by means
of a chemical or expansion anchor in existing concrete.

MATERIAL: Pre-galvanised mild steel, see table, CB: 5.0mm mild steel.

INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes.


• Not recommended for installations where top of post/column is not restrained
such as some fence applications.
• Embed PBS into wet concrete up to the bottom of 25mm standoff base plate.
• ABE and U–for pre-pour installed anchors, embed 100mm into concrete. For
epoxy or wedge anchors, select and install according to anchor manufacturer’s
recommendations; anchor diameter shown in table.
• Install required washer (included). CB

OPTIONS:
• Column base type CB are made to order only and have a hot- dip galvanized finish.
• See CB illustrations below for typical arrangement. 75
• To order specify W1 and W2 dimensions. Base plate is 5mm.
ABE Installed PBS44A Installed CB Installed 110

200

SI MP
Stron SO N
g Tie®

HB
W )
(75
mm 2 W1 0 m m
-20 - 20
0m
m) 75 mm
D (

Fasteners Safe Working Loads (kN)


Caps & Bases

Post Material
Model Dimensions
Size (mm) Post1 Short Term
No. Short Term F1 Short Term F2 Long
(mm) Anchor Uplift
Bolts Term
Dia.
Nails Down
Base Strap W1 W2 D Qty Dia. Nails Bolts Nails Bolts Nails Bolts
2
ABE44Z 89 x 89 1.5 1.5 90 89 - 14 6 - - 2.31 - - - - - 29.65

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


PSB44 89 x 89 2.5 2.0 90 89 89 - 143 2 14 10.68 6.96 5.18 1.02 3.94 3.94 29.65
2
ABE44R 100 x 100 1.5 1.5 101 89 - 14 6 - - 1.78 - - - - - 29.65
ABE66Z 133 x 133 2.5 2.0 140 138 - 16 83 - - 4.00 - - - - - 53.40
ABE66R 150 x 150 2.5 2.0 154 138 - 16 83 - - 4.00 - - - - - 53.40

1. Use nails or bolts for the PBS fasteners.


2. Use 3.75mm x 30mm nails.
3. Use 4.0mm 90mm nails.

Caps & Bases

PP Elevated Post Base/Adjustable

ELEVATED POST BASES TO SUIT VARIOUS SIZES PPA100 PPR


AND ELEVATION REQUIREMENTS.

MATERIAL: Plate: 4mm mild steel.

FINISH: Galvanised.

Model Dimensions (mm) Bolts (Total)


No.
W1 B1 W2 B2 H Qty Dia.

PPA100 100 100 130 130 100 8 11

PPRB 100 100 130 130 100-160 8 12

92
Caps & Bases

EPC/PC Post Caps

SPECIALLY PRODUCED CONNECTORS FOR


POST-BEAM CONNECTIONS. PC

The PC extension beam side plates function as tie straps


Where splices occur. EPC versions should be used for
Conditions when the beam ends at a post.

MATERIAL:

PC and EPC—2.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.


PC
INSTALLATION: Installation

• Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes.

Fasteners
SWL (kN)
Post Dimensions (4.0mm x 90mm)
Model (mm) EPC
Size Installation
No.
(mm) Surfaces Short Term
W1 W2 L1 L2 L3 A B C Uplift Lateral

Post Caps

PC44 89 X 89 90 90 67 280 - 4 6 - 6.18 4.11

End Post Caps

EPC44 89 X 89 90 90 67 - 185 4 - 4 6.18 4.76

Caps & Bases

CC Column Caps

Column caps can be made to order for standard timber or composite wood sizes. Bolts
must be ordered separately. Contact factory for further details.

Cap & Bases


30
30
CCC, CCT & ECCLL combinations are available to order. 30
Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details. 75
MATERIAL: 5mm mild steel.
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

CC
INSTALLATION: Use 16mm bolts.

TO ORDER: Specify W1, W2 & H1 dimensions.


Please contact Simpson Strong-Tie’s Technical Department for connector capacities. 100

Range (mm) 75
Dimensions
Min. Max.
W1 75 225
W2 75 250
H1 100 200
65
L 280

Typical CC
Installation
CCC CCT ECCLL

SIM
Str P S O
ong N
Tie®

ECCLR = opposite hand.

93
Straps

HES/LES Heavy and Light Engineered Restraint Strap

THE INNOVATIVE DESIGN OF THESE NEW LIGHTWEIGHT STRAPS


ALLOWS EASE OF HANDLING AND INSTALLATION WHILST
MAINTAINING THE STRUCTURAL STRENGTH AND ROBUSTNESS
OF MUCH HEAVIER WEIGHT STRAPS.
HES
Developed as an alternative to the traditional “heavy” and “light” restraint strap. (inc. Mortar Key)
They save time in installation in both horizontal and vertical applications and are
CE marked.

The HES (heavy engineered strap) & LES (light engineered strap) replace
traditional heavy restraint straps in roof construction. By reducing the
thickness to 1.5mm allows the HES strap to span over the top of truss bottom
chords without the need for notching.

They are less than 40% of the weight, quicker to fit, and overcome many fixing
problems associated with heavy straps.

The LES is designed for vertical applications e.g. holding down wallplates, and is
also CE marked.

• CE Marked.

• 1.5mm thick.

• Formed edge design gives additional strength on bend. LES


Note reduced
• Complies with the BS EN 845. height of sides.

• Lighter, less than 40% of the weight of traditional straps.

• Quicker to install - can fit over the top of truss bottom chords.

• Easier to course with blockwork.

• No need to notch joists.

MATERIAL: 1.5mm galvanised mild steel

INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners.

Heavy Engineered Strap Performance Data Light Engineered Strap Performance Data

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


Dimension (mm) Dimension (mm)
Declared Declared
Straps

Model Model
Load Load
No. No.
Main Bent (kN) Main Bent (kN)
Thickness Thickness
Length Length Length Length

HES06B10 1.5 600 100 8.0 LES06B10 1.5 600 100 4.0

HES08B10 1.5 800 100 8.0 LES08B10 1.5 800 100 4.0.

HES10B10 1.5 1000 100 8.0 LES10B10 1.5 1000 100 4.0

HES12B10 1.5 1200 100 8.0 LES12B10 1.5 1200 100 4.0

HES15B10 1.5 1500 100 8.0

HES16B10 1.5 1540 100 8.0

94
Straps

HES/LES Heavy and Light Engineered Restraint Strap

Roof Application: Floor Joist Application: Vertical Application:


HES strap fits underneath the rafter Fix HES strap using 8 No. Fix LES strap to wall plate with 3 No.
and noggins, as per NHBC/TRA detail. 3.75mm x 30mm square twist nail. 3.75x30 square twist nails. Fix LES
strap to masonry with 5 No.
12mm x 50mm wood screws, plugged
and screwed into masonry.

Metal Web Joist Application: I-Joist Application Option 1:


One strap at maximum 2m centres or Strap can be fitted over joist without
as required by the building designer. the need to cut through web or flange.

Strap is easier to course


with blockwork

The I-Joist nogging can be fitted by


either skew nailing or ZS Clips (using
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

ZS clips will make fitting easier).

Straps
I-Joist Application Option 2: I-Joist Application Option 3:
The HES Safety Fast Strap can be used in The HES Safety Fast Strap can also be fitted
conjunction with solid timber noggins. underneath the top flange of the I-Joist.

95
Straps

L & H Light and Heavy Restraint Straps


H and L straps are designed to The Building Regulations, BS 5268 Part 3 and
other building standards for vertical and horizontal restraint when
connecting timber floor and roof systems to masonry walls. Flat Twist Double Twist
30
• Heavy restraint straps meet requirements for lateral restraint of roof 30
trusses, rafters and joists tied into masonry walls.
• Light restraint straps are designed for vertical loads such as wall plates T
9M
on top of masonry walls. IN.
• All common sizes in stock from 500 to 2000mm long, L
45
100mm increments. ±5
L

MATERIAL: H: 30mm x 5mm; L: 30mm x 2.5mm, mild steel. L


T
2
FINISH: Z300 pre-galvanised and edge coated.

INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. T


1

• Horizontal lateral restraint straps should be spaced not more than 2m


centres and attached to at least 3 timber members through the use of
noggings and packing. Attach to timber members with four steel screws
or four 4mm x 75mm round nails for roofs and two into each joist for Bend Double Bend
floors. The bend length should be a minimum of 100mm and should be L
positioned at the centre of an uncut block or brick. L
B1
B2

• Vertical restraint strapping should be at least 1m long. Where straps are B


1
fixed to masonry, hardened nails 8SWG x 75mm long or wood screws
into plugs No 12 x 50mm long should be used. The number of fixings
should be in accordance with the design requirements and the lowest
fixing should be located within 150mm of the bottom of the vertical
strap.

TO ORDER: Specify model series, overall length, bend (B) dimension and /
or twist (T) dimension.

Example: 30 x 5 strap that has an overall length of 1m, a bend at 10cm


and a twist at 20cm. (See illustration for detail on measuring bend & twist
dimensions). L
T1
B1

H 10 B10 T20 Bend and Twist

Strap Type Strap Bend Twist

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


Length Length Length
(dm) (cm) (cm)
Straps

Common Bent Strap Sizes Common Twisted Strap Sizes Common Flat Strap Sizes
Dimension
Dimension (mm) Dimension (mm)
(mm)
Model Model Model
No. No. No.
L B1 L T1 L

H06B15 600 150 H06T15 600 150 H10F00 1000

H08B15 800 150 H10T15 1000 150 L10F00 1000

H10B15 1000 150 L06T10 600 150

H12B15 1200 150 L10T10 1000 150

H15B15 1500 150 L12T10 1200 150

H16B15 1600 150

L06B10 600 100

L10B10 1000 100

L12B10 1200 100 Continued on next page.

96
Straps

L & H Light and Heavy Restraint Straps


TYPICAL STRAP CONFIGURATIONS

H (Heavy) Strap Configuration 1 H (Heavy) Strap Configuration 2

L (Light) Strap Configuration 1 L (Light) Strap Configuration 2


Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Straps

97
Straps

FMS Folded Mini Strap


THE FMS STRAP PROVIDES RESTRAINT TO MASONRY WALLS WHEN THE WALLS ARE
SUPPORTING JOIST ENDS. THEY MAKE INSTALLATION EASIER, QUICKER AND CHEAPER -
WITHOUT COMPROMISING ON WALL STABILITY.

In place of the heavy traditional 30x5mm strap at 2.0m c/c spacing, the
FMS strap is installed to provide restraint at every joist end, whether
built in or on hangers. So there’s no need to calculate where the straps FMS
go, or worry about getting one in the wrong place.

Every job gets done quicker and more smoothly. The FMS strap goes on
every joist end up to 600mm c/c spacing, and blockwork up to 125mm
thick. Bend Reinforced Only 3 No 3.75 x 30mm
with Embossment square twist nails required
to fix to joist
FEATURES:

• Replaces conventional 30x5mm straps fitted at 2m centres


• Ideal solution for 2 ½ & 3 storey buildings which require straps on
joist ends when built in to masonry walls.
• Improves quality of build
• Saves time and labour costs
• Greatly reduces scope for installation errors
• Simplifies on-site inspection process
• Accepted by NHBC

FMS FMSC
Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3

FOLDED MINI STRAP INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS


FMS – For use where joist and FMSC – For use with coursing FMS and FMSC – For use in
hanger are the same height. masonry hangers. conjunction with joists built
into walls.

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


• Place the carried joist into the • Place the carried joist into the • Sit joist onto blockwork, ensuring
hanger, securing the joist into the hanger, securing the joist into the that the joist is fully bearing onto
hanger by installing all specified hanger by installing all specified the supporting masonry.
Straps

fixings. fixings.
• Build next course of masonry,
• Sit the FMS Strap on top of • Sit the FMSC Strap to the side of ensuring masonry is installed tight
the joist, as shown in Figure 1, the joist, as shown in Figure 2, to the joist.
ensuring the return is hooked over ensuring the return is hooked over
the supporting masonry and is the supporting masonry and is • Fit the FMS Strap to the side of
tight against the outer face of the tight against the outer face of the the joist, as shown in Figure 3,
masonry. masonry. ensuring the return is hooked over
the supporting masonry and is
• Install 3 No 3.75 x 30mm square • Install 3 No 3.75 x 30mm square tight against the outer face of the
twist nails through the holes into twist nails through the holes into masonry.
the side of the joist. the side of the joist.
• Install 3 no. 3.75 x 30mm square
twist nails through the holes into
the side of the joist.

• Build remaining blockwork above


joist and strap. Note to Builder -
Where the top of the joist is not
level with the top of the block
please use FMSC.

Note: All joist ends require a folded mini strap.

98
Straps

HSA Herringbone Joist Struts

Superior alternative to unreliable, slow and costly timber struts.


Meets bracing requirements for long span domestic floors.

MATERIAL: 1.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. 53


HSA
• Generally required at centre of span when floor joists exceed 2.5 metres.
Spans exceeding 4.5 metres require two rows spaced at 1/3 span.

• HSA come sized to suit joist centre spacing of 400,450 & 600mm.

• See tables for spacing. Common model width 30mm.

Product Selection Guide Model Table Typical HSA Installation

Spaceing(mm)
Qty Fasteners
Joist Size Length
Model No. (3.35mm x 65mm)
(mm) (mm)
Per End
400 450 600

50 x 175 HSA400 HSA450 HSA600 HSA400 480 2

50 x 200 HSA400 HSA450 HSA600 HSA450 530 2

50 x 225 HSA400 HSA450 HSA600 HSA600 660 2

Straps

FB/LSTA/LTS/MTS Strap Ties

Twist straps provide a tension connection between two wood members. W

• Install strap ties where tension connections are required. Commonly used as ridge LSTA24
ties and at wall intersections.

• FB fixing band is for all general light strapping needs. Perfect for DIY, industrial LSTA18
and agricultural applications. Comes in convenient 10 metre rolls. LSTA15
LSTA12
MATERIAL: See table; Pre-galvanised mild steel (FB20S: Stainless steel).
LSTA9
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes.

• FB can be easily bent or twisted for many versatile installations. No load rating

Straps
provided, and not recommended for structural applications.

• Members must have the same number of installed nails at each end. Otherwise,
the load is limited by the least number of nails in either member.

Dimensions (mm) 75
Model Material Qty Fasteners SWL
No. Thickness (3.75mm x 30mm) (Long Term)
Width Length

Twisted Straps

LTS18 1.2 32 457 12 2.07

MTS12 1.5 32 302 12 2.41 FB20 MTS

Straight Straps

LSTA9 1.0 32 228 8 1.40

LSTA18 1.0 32 457 14 2.45

LSTA24 1.0 32 610 18 3.15

FB20 0.9 20 10M - -

FB20S 0.9 20 10M - -

99
Straps

ETFSS Timber Frame Hold Strap

ETFSS HOLD DOWN STRAP PROVIDES RESTRAINT AGAINST UPLIFT TO TIMBER


FRAME STRUCTURES KEEPING THEM FIRMLY ON TERRA FIRMA NO MATTER WHAT ETFS
PASSES BY.

The ETFSS is the first timber frame strap to be CE marked. Incredibly strong yet just 1.2mm thick, and
can be used on cavity widths from 50 – 100mm.

• Quick and simple to install.

• One size strap suits cavities from 50 to 100mm.

• CE Marked.

• Tested at Ceram Building Technology in accordance with BS EN 846-4, evaluated in accordance


with BS EN 845-1.

• Meets NHBC Technical requirements.

• Meets NSAI Technical requirements.

MATERIAL: 380 mm

ETFSS: 1.2mm stainless steel.

INSTALLATION:

Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table.
33 mm

ETFSS Hold Down Strap Performance Data


Qty of Fasteners
Dimension (mm) SWL Declared
Model (3.35mm x 50mm ARS) Cavity
Material Short Term Load
No. (mm)
Uplift (kN) (kN)
Thickness Width Masonry End Timber End

None 6 50 3.0 6.30


ETFSS Austenitic Stainless Steel 1.2 33
None 8 51-100 1.5 3.2

Note: Stainless steel fasteners are required when using the ETFSS.

Typical ETFSS Installation

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


Straps

Location and spacing of straps to be


specified by the building designer.

100
Straps

PWT Party Wall Tie

PART E: WALL TIE TO MEET ACOUSTIC REQUIREMENTS.

The PWT200 is the first connector specifically designed and engineered to connect the
party walls of timber framed buildings.

It’s manufactured using minimum material section for optimum sound performance. This PWT200
allows the Tie to meet the requirements of Part E of the Building Regulations (Resistance to
the Passage of Sound), whilst incorporating a unique stiffening rib for maximum structural
capacity.

The Party Wall Tie has cavity widths of 50, 62 and 72mm stamped on the upper surface to
help you check for a consistent cavity width up through the building.

As it has been designed specifically for purpose, the nail holes (just two. 3.75 x 30mm at
each end) are positioned to ensure the minimum edge distances are always achieved.

• Meets the requirements of Part E of The Building Regulations


(Resistance to the Passage of Sound).
• Suits timber frame party wall cavities from 50 to 72mm.
• Can be used on Closed Panel Construction – where 50mm stiffening rib helps to check
that minimum 50mm cavity width has been achieved.
• Minimum material section for optimum sound performance.

MATERIAL: 1.5mm galvanised mild steel.

INSTALLATION:

• Quick and easy installation using only 4 No. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails – 2 per
side.
• Nails holes positioned to ensure Minimum Nail Edge Distances are always achieved.
• In order to minimise the risk of sound transfer, it is recommended that the PWT200 is
installed at 1200mm centres, unless otherwise specified by the building designer or
engineer.
• The PWT200 is to be installed at, or near ceiling level. Only one row of straps is to be
installed per storey height.

Dimensions (mm) Fasteners


Safe Working Load
Model No.
(N)
Length Width Material Qty Specification

PWT200 200 25 1.5 4 3.75mm x 30mm 980


Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Straps
Typical PWT Installation

101
Masonry Connectors

C2K Crocodile Wall Extension Profiles

THE UK’S MOST POPULAR SOLUTION TO THE TYING-IN OF


NEW WALLS TO EXISTING MASONRY WALLS/COLUMNS.
The C2K Crocodile Wall Starter is a quality engineered wall connector system that has CERTIFICATE No 02/3883

been developed for use with most brick and block modules. This system has been
designed for multi-purpose use where reliability and durability are important
requirements. It provides lateral support to masonry wall panels in conversion,
extension and new building work.

• BBA Approved for up to 8m, 3 storey work.


• Accommodates 10mm of vertical movement.
• Adjustable anchor ties to accommodate variation in brick courses.
• All fixings and ties provided within the packs.

CROCODILE NO FLANGE PROFILES:

The multi-purpose no flange profile that has been designed to cater for brick and block
walls of widths from 60 to 250mm. Ideal for internal and external applications where
both sides of the new wall are to be fair faced.

MATERIAL:

Stainless Steel Profiles: 0.7mm stainless steel.


Mild Steel Profiles: 0.7mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Coach Screws: M6 x 50mm stainless steel.
Masonry Plugs: High density polythene.

FINISH:

Stainless steel or pre-galvanised mild steel with epoxy coated powder finish.

INSTALLATION:

• Use all specified fasteners.


• Fasteners must be spaced evenly, unless otherwise specified, and installed into the
bricks or block and not into mortar joints.
• Insert wall ties provided at maximum 300mm centres, bedding the ties into the
mortar joints.
• Detailed site work instructions are provided with each wall connector system.
• In exposed locations it may be necessary to incorporate additional protection, for
example the insertion of a vertical dpc.
C2KG FIXING POSITIONS
Patent No. GB2304747

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


Typical C2K Installation

The appropriate fixings and


Masonry Connectors

fastenings are included in


the C2K packaging.

Model No. New Wall


ConnectorWidth Total Length
No.of Fixings Thickness Shear Strength1
(mm) (mm)
(mm)
Galvanised Stainless Steel

C2KG C2KS 6 40 2240 60 - 250 3.5kN

1. The design shear strength given relates to existing masonry of solid aerated concrete blocks of minimum crushing strength 3.5 N/mm2.

102
Masonry Connectors

1FUR/1EXT/1MPP/1MPS Wall Extension Profiles

A TIME SAVING SOLUTION TO THE TYING-IN OF NEW


WALLS TO EXISTING MASONRY WALLS/COLUMNS
(FLANGED OPTIONS). CERTIFICATE No 02/3883

A quality engineered wall connector system that has been developed for use with most brick
and block modules. This system has been designed for multi-purpose use where reliability
and durability are important requirements. It provides lateral support to masonry wall panels
in conversion, extension and new building work.

• A time saving solution to the tying-in of new walls to existing masonry walls/columns.
• BBA Approved for up to 8m, 3 storey work.
• Accommodates 10mm of vertical movement. 129-150
• Adjustable anchor ties to accommodate variation in brick courses.
• All fixings and ties provided within the packs.

DOUBLE FLANGE PROFILES:

Double flange profiles provide the benefit of a channel within which to build the new wall,
giving substantial support to finished walls where the inside and outside faces are to be
plastered/rendered.
1FUR
Patent No. GB2194263
SINGLE FLANGE PROFILES:

A single flange return provides an edge that, once plumbed, can be used for a construction
guide as well as giving support for walls to be fair faced on one side.

PROFILES WITHOUT FLANGES:

The multi-purpose no flange profile is designed for brick/block widths of 60 to 250mm


and greater, being ideal for internal and external applications where both sides of the new
wall are to be fair faced.

MATERIAL:

Stainless Steel Profiles: 0.7mm stainless steel.


Mild Steel Profiles: 0.8mm pre-galvanised mild steel. 1EXTS
Coach Screws: M6 x 50mm stainless steel.
Masonry Plugs: High density polythene.

FINISH: Stainless steel or pre-galvanised mild steel with epoxy coated powder finish.

INSTALLATION:

• Use all specified fasteners.


Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

• Fasteners must be spaced evenly, unless otherwise specified, and installed into the bricks
or block and not into mortar joints.
• Insert wall ties provided at maximum 300mm centres, bedding the ties into the mortar

Masonry Connectors
joints.
• Detailed site work instructions are provided with each wall connector system.
• In exposed locations it may be necessary to incorporate additional protection, for example
the insertion of a vertical dpc.

1MPN

Model No. Total New Wall


Connector
No.of Fixings Length Thickness Shear Strength1,2
Width (mm)
(mm) (mm)
Galvanised Stainless Steel

Double Flange
1FUR5100 1FUR100D 5 100 2315 100 6.0kN

Single Flange
1EXT100S 1FUR100S 5 85 2315 85 - 150 5.OkN

No Flange
1MPP056N 1MPS056N 5 56 2275 60 - 250 4.0kN

1. The design shear strength given relates to existing masonry of solid aerated concrete blocks of minimum crushing strength 5.0 N/mm2.

103
Masonry Connectors

CJS/CJG Ceejay Construction Joint Formers


CEEJAY JOINT FORMERS.
Provides for longitudinal and vertical masonry movement whilst maintaining lateral stability and providing fire
protection if required. CERTIFICATE No 03/4070

• Reduces the likelihood of unsightliness and error in movement joint construction.


• Fast and simple to fit.
• Independently tested and assessed to provide a safe working load in shear of 500N per tie.
• Adjustable anchor ties to accommodate variation in brick courses.
• Designed to meet the requirements of BS5628 Part 3 -Use of Masonry.
• Fire rated Ceejays are colour coded and have been tested in accordance with BS476 Parts 20 & 22, achieving an integrity and
insulation rating of 2 or 4 hours respectively.

MATERIAL:
Stainless Steel Profiles: 0.7mm stainless steel.
Mild Steel Profiles: 0.8mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Stainless Steel Ties: 1.5mm stainless steel
Mild SteelTies: 2.0mm mild steel with Delta Coating.
Sleeves: 1.0mm PVC.
Coach Screws: M6 x 50mm stainless steel or galvanised.
Masonry Plugs: High density polythene.

FINISH:
Stainless steel or pre-galvanised mild steel with epoxy coated powder finish.

OPTIONS:
Additional brick spacers are provided when expansion allowance is to be made for clay based bricks.

TO ORDER:
Select Ceejay model no. from table (galvanised or stainless steel) and fire rating.
Fixing packs to suit installation.

For example:

Galvanised Ceejay Construction joint former to suit 100mm blockwork with 2 hour fire rating.
To be used as Column Fix. Products required are as follows:

CJG100F2—Profile with 2 hour fire rating.


CJGTPAK—Universal Tie Pack.
CJGPSPAK—Fixing Pack.
To be used with brickwork, replace fire rating code with brick spacer code.
CJG100BS—Profile with brick spacer.

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


Model No. Fixing Packs Contents
Masonry Connectors

Fire No.of Connector Total Length Masonry


Rating Fixings2 Width (mm) (mm) Width (mm)
Stainless
Galvanised Stainless Steel Galvanised Description Qty
Steel

F0 Universal Tie Pack

CJG100 CJS100 F2 6 77 2400 100 150mm Perforated Ties 5

CJGTPK CJSTPK 150mm Sleeved Ties 5


F4
Washers 6
1. F0 – None, F2 – 2 hours, F4 – 4 hours.
2. Number of fixings required for Column Installation. Plug & Screw Pack
Wall Plugs 6
CJGPSPAK CJSPSPAK
Coach Screws 6

Short In-Line Tie Pack


75mm Perforated Ties 5
CJSGILSTPK CJSILSTPK
150mm Sleeved Ties 5

104
Masonry Connectors

CJS/CJG Ceejay Construction Joint Formers

IN-LINE INSTALLATION:

• Placed in continuous lengths of wall, typically at centres of 6m in blockwork and 10m


in brickwork. Exact locations to be determined by designer.

• Non-interchangeable ties ensure correct installation. Bonding ties provide a fixing to


one side of the joint while sleeved ties allow for movement in the other side.

129-150

COLUMN FIX INSTALLATION:


Sleeved • May be fixed to existing masonry walls, concrete or steel framework.
Debonding Tie

• Plug & screw pack and sleeved ties only used from the universal tie pack.

NEW WALL INTERSECTION INSTALLATION:

• Ceejay can be used to create construction joint positions at the intersection of


Sleeved
Debonding Tie two new walls when at right angles.

• Short in-line tie packs make the necessary allowance for masonry thickness.

HEAD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION:

• Ceejay can be fixed to underside of beam/slab in line with


Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

the head of the wall.

Masonry Connectors
• Ties to be placed (450 Blocks)in alternate mortar joints
(900mm centres).

HEAD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION

105
Masonry Connectors

SFC/TLT Channels & Ties


RESTRAINS MASONRY PANELS BACK TO SUPPORTING
STRUCTURE OF THE BUILDING.
• Carries lateral loads back to the frame.
• Ties designed for use with masonry bed joints in bonding, sleeved debonding and cavity formats.

MATERIAL: Stainless steel.

Channel: 1.2mm pre-galvanised mild steel. 1.2mm stainless steel.


Tie: 2.0mm & 1.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
1.5mm stainless steel.

Sleeve: 1.0mm PVC.

Coach Screws: Galvanised mild steel.

Masonry Plugs: 8mm diameter high density polythene.

FINISH:

Channel: Stainless steel, galvanised mild steel with powder coated finish.

Ties: Stainless steel or galvanised steel with Delta Coating.

PERFORMANCE:

The SFC when used in conjunction with the TLTS125C cavity tie has the following performance characteristics:

• At 50mm clear cavity the declared tensile capacity to EN845-1 = 841 N.


• With a maximum of 50mm insulation against the frame the declared compression capacity to EN845-1 =512N.

This exceeds the capacity of a Type 5 & 6 Timber Frame Tie to DD140.

SFC Surface
Fix Channel

TLTS
Twist Lock
Bonding Tie

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


Masonry Connectors

L
TLTSD TLTS125C
Twist Lock Twist Lock
W
Debonding Tie Cavity Tie

25

106
Masonry Connectors

SFC/TLT Channels & Ties

TYPICAL INSTALLATION
TYPICAL INSTALLATION - PLAN VIEW

129-150

1. This number of fixings s based upon a fixing and tie at 450 mm vertical centres.

Surface Fix Channel For Light Gauge Steel Framing

Model No.
Minimum No.
L (mm) W (mm)
of Fixings1
Powder Coated Galvanised
Stainless Steel
SFCGP0800BSF 800 42 2

SFCGP1200BSF 1200 42 3

1. This number of fixings and ties is based upon a fixing and tie at 450 mm vertical centres.

Twist Lock Bonding Tie Twist Lock Cavity Tie

Model No. Model No.


L (mm) W (mm) L (mm) W (mm)
Galvanised Stainless Steel Galvanised Stainless Steel

TLTG150 TLTS150 150 42 Not Applicable TLTS125C 125 42


Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Twist Lock Debonding Tie

Model No. Ties Sleeves Masonry Connectors

Galvanised Stainless Steel L (mm) W (mm) L (mm) W (mm)

TLTG150SD TLTS150SD 150 42 140 45

Plug and Screw Pack

Includes 5 No. Coach Screws, Washers and Wall Plugs

Galvanised Stainless Steel

FPGPL FPSS

107
Masonry Connectors

CJGCCWS/CJSCCWS Crack Control Wall Starter

PREVENT THE APPEARANCE OF MOVEMENT CRACKING


IN NEW DOMESTIC CONSTRUCTIONS.
Many new domestic constructions suffer from movement cracking. Drying shrinkage and settlement are the most
common causes. These cracks rarely effect the structural stability of the extension but do look unsightly and give
the home-owner cause for concern.

The Crack Control Wall Starter assists any movement to take place where the new wall joins the existing wall.

By using sleeved ties and no mortar to the vertical joint the Crack Control Wall Starter makes allowance for
shrinkage movement and provides little resistance to vertical settlement.

• Suitable for up to three storeys.


• Lateral restraint from only ten ties per storey height.
• Suitable for wall up to 250mm thick.

MATERIAL:

Stainless Steel Profiles: 0.7mm stainless steel.

Mild Steel Profiles: 0.8mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

Stainless Steel Ties: 1.5mm stainless steel.

Mild Steel Ties: 2.0mm mild steel with Delta Coating.

Sleeves: 1.0mm PVC.

Coach Screws: M6 x 50mm stainless steel or galvanised.

Masonry Plugs: High density polythene.

FINISH: Stainless steel or pre-galvanised mild steel with black epoxy coated powder finish.

INSTALLATION:

• Offer one wall starter length to the lower wall surface. Plumb and mark out three fixing holes at the bottom,
centre and top of the wall starter.
• Drill and plug wall with a 10mm masonry drill. Use the three fixing screws and retaining washers to clamp
the wall starter to the wall. Repeat this process until the desired height is reached, cutting the final length of
wall starter if necessary.
• Begin constructing the wall, omitting mortar from the vertical joint between the existing and new walls,
making sure they abut tightly.
• Twist in the first sleeved tie 225mm from the base of the wall starter and press into the bed joint mortar.
• Continue fitting ties at maximum 225mm vertical intervals as the wall is constructed. A mastic sealant

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


should be applied to the external vertical joint.
Masonry Connectors

Model No.
Connector Masonry
No.of Fixings No.of Ties Length (mm)
Width (mm) Width (mm)
Galvanised Stainless Steel

CJGCCWS CJSCCWS 12 20 85 4 x 1200 Up to 250

1. Pack comprises: 4 x 12m Length Wall Starter


20 x PVC Sleeved Ties
12 x 6mmx50mm Coach Screws
12 x 10x50m High Density Plastic Plugs
12 x 30mm Washers

108
Masonry Connectors

WBT Window Board Tie


ATTACHES WINDOW BOARD TO MASONRY WALL.
21
MATERIAL: 3.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

Model No Length (mm)

WBT06 150 12

Masonry Connectors

STB/STDB Strip Wall Ties


129-150
Ties designed for use with masonry bed joints in bonding and sleeved debonding.
• Designed to have chamfered edges with safety in mind.
• Strip ties for continuous vertical joints.
• Available in galvanised or stainless steel.

STRIP BONDING TIES:

• Generally used within alternate mortar bed joints of blockwork.


• Bonding format for tying masonry together, eg collar jointed walls.

STRIP DEBONDING TIES:

• Used for the formation of traditional movement joints placed in mortar bed joints at 450 centres.
• Debonding format allows for the construction of movement joints. 10 mm of sleeve overhang should be allowed for use in
brickwork for expansion.

MATERIAL:
Stainless Steel: 1.5mm.
Mild steel: 1.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel. Sleeve: 1.0mm PVC.

FINISH: Stainless steel or pre-galvanised mild steel.

INSTALLATION:
Traditional movement joints may require the use of removable batten to achieve consistent width of the joint and will require
suitable filler, or fire stop, materials built in during construction or inserted when the structure is completed.

Strip Bonding Tie


Model No.
L (mm) W (mm)
Galvanised Stainless Steel
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

STG200B STS200B 200 42

Masonry Connectors
Strip Debonding Tie
Model No. Ties Sleeves

Galvanised Stainless Steel L (mm) W (mm) L (mm) W (mm)

STG200DB STS200DB 200 42 90 47

Masonry Connectors

FT Galvanised Frame Ties

When fastening windows, door frames etc. to masonry the 1.5mm pre-galvanised Frame Tie provides enhanced mortar keying and
reduces the risk of injury from sharp edges

Reinforced fixings holes and pressed channel cross section ensure rigid fixing.

The 22mm width fits easily into 25mm frame grooves.

Model No L (mm)

FT150 100 Exposed corners feauture radius


to eliminate sharp edges.
FT200 150
FT250 200

109
Masonry Connectors

BTS4 Brick-to-Timber Stainless Steel Wall Ties


The BTS4 offers an outstanding combination of performance and cost in a brick-to-timber
connector. Manufactured from 0.5mm thick stainless steel, it exceeds the performance requirements
for differential movement, compression and tension resistance. Designed and tested in accordance
with BS EN 845-1 and DD140:Part 2, Type 6 wall ties.

Suitable for use in timber frame structures for up to four storeys.

Models Available

BTS4 BTS4-75 BTS4-100

50mm Cavity 75mm Cavity 100mm Cavity Above right: typical installation 129-150
Below right: BTS4
Location Density of Ties Spacing (mm)
All South East England and Town and City sites where
basic wind speed does not exceed 52m/sec
4.4 ties per m 2 600 x 375

All sites where basic wind speed exceeds 52m/sec 7 ties per m 2 600 x 225

BTS4 Compressive Load Capacity 600N. 3.35x50mm nails included with pack
BTS4 Tensile Load Capacity 600N.

Masonry Connectors

LWTS/IRC Cavity Wall Ties & Retaining Clip


Improve the effective thickness of a wall under load. Maintain the moisture break and thermal/sound
insulation characteristics of cavity walls. Designed, manufactured and tested to the BS requirements
of DD140 parts 1 and 2. IRC001

DD140 TYPE 3 CAVITY TIES:


• General purpose ties suitable for cavity widths up to 75mm.
• Suitable for use in masonry cavity walls of domestic houses and small commercial buildings up
to 15m in height, where the basic wind speed does not exceed 44m/s.

SOUND RESISTANCE:
As stated within the Approved Document E 2003 - Resistance to the Passage of Sound - wall ties
used in external and separating cavity walls have to have a minimum value of dynamic stiffness to
reduce the transmission of airborne noise. Ties are separated into Type A and Type B.

• Type A: Can be used in separating walls and external walls subject to them also having the
required structural capacity. They can be butterfly ties or other ties with a dynamic stiffness of INSULATION
less than 4.8 MN/cu.m. RETAINING
• Type B: Can only be used in external cavity walls subject to them also having the required CLIP:

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


structural capacity. They can be butterfly ties or other ties with a dynamic stiffness of less than
113 MN/cu.m • Suitable for use
Masonry Connectors

with all cavity


MATERIAL: Cavity Wall Ties: Stainless steel. Thickness in table below. wall ties.
Insulation Clip: Black plastic. • Used to hold
insulation
INSTALLATION: For cavity walls with a leaf thickness of 90mm or more, unless otherwise material back to
specified place ties at 900mm centres horizontally, 450mm centres vertically and staggered where structure.
possible to a minimum density to be 2.5 ties per square metre.

Additional ties should be used at the unbonded vertical edges of an opening or at movement control
joints. These should be placed 225mm from the joint, or opening, edge and at a maximum of 300mm
centre to centre.

Ties should be embedded into each leaf by at least 50mm, however to allow for normal tolerances of
cavity widths this is usually increased. When using insulation batts, it may be necessary to reduce
the horizontal tie spacing to 600mm centres.

Dynamic Stiffness LWTS


Model No Cavity Approval Category
MN/cu.m
50mm 55 Type B
LWTS L
75mm 27 Type B

Model No Description Material (mm) Cavity Length (mm)

LWTS DD140 Type 3 0.6 x 18 75 205


IRC001 Insulation Clip 75 Diameter - -

110
129-150
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Prefer to deal with people?


To us, customer service is personal.

111
Is your business stuck in its ways?
We have new ideas to help get you moving.

112
Bead & Mesh

PEB
PLASTERING
Edge Beads ACCESSORIES

A range of Beads, Mesh and Archformers to satisfy the


requirements of modern building design, along with the
needs of traditional repair and maintenance work.
ERS External Render Stop Bead
CORROSION PROTECTION

• In normal circumstances matured plasterwork may be regarded as dry and therefore non-corrosive.
Where galvanised beads are used the initial plaster drying out period should be kept to a minimum to
reduce the risk of possible corrosion of the steel.

• Stainless steel beads are specifically designed for cement based renders and should not be used
with gypsum based plasters.

• To prevent bimetallic corrosion ensure all metal fixings used in the installation are of the same
• material or are separated with a suitable plastic sheathing.

• In general, metal beads should be kept dry and stored flat. Care should also be taken to prevent
• accidental damage to the galvanised coating.

• The use of water contaminated with soluble salts in plastering mixes should be avoided as should
soluble chlorides as they are likely to increase the risk of metal corrosion.
SAB Angle Bead
MATERIAL:

Simpson Strong-Ties Plastering Accessories are manufactured from either:

• Pre-Galvanised Mild Steel, or


• Austenitic Stainless Steel

Mild steel galvanised to Z275 is NOT suitable for external applications. Stainless Steel should only be used
in external applications with the appropriate cement based renders.

BRITISH STANDARDS - Relevant current British Standards are as follows;

• BS 1369: Part 1: 1987 - Steel Lathing for Internal Plastering and External Rendering.
• BS 5262: Part 1: 1991 - Code of Practice for External Rendering.
• BS 5492: Part 1: 1990 - Code of Practice for Internal Plastering.
• BS 6452: Part 1: 1984 - Beads for Internal Plastering and Dry Lining.
• BS 8000: Part 10: 1995 - Workmanship on Site: Code of Practice for Plastering and Rendering.
• BS8212: Part 1: 1995 - Code of Practice for Dry lining and Partitioning using Gypsum Plaster. RBL Rib Lath
• EN13658: Part 1: 2005 - Metal and Lath Beads.

GENERAL INSTALLATION NOTES:

• The most appropriate bead should be specified in accordance with the application, required plaster
depth and desired finish. In external applications, we recommend the use of stainless steel products.
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

• Ensure that all metal components used in a given installation are of the same material type.

• Always wear gloves when cutting or handling to prevent injury from sharp edges.

• Beads and Mesh may be cut to size as required by using snips across the mesh and a hacksaw
across the beads noses.

• Beads should be fixed in accordance with one of the following methods.

1. Pressing the bead’s wings firmly into plaster dabs placed at approximately 600mm centres both
sides of the arris.
Bead & Mesh

2. The wings may be embedded into the first coat of plaster for normal two coat work. Installation of
3. Nailing to a background with galvanised, or stainless steel nails. Pre-Formed Archframes

• The alignment of butt joints may be assisted by the application of headless nails, or wire of similar
material, within the nosing.

• When beads are used in conjunction with metal lath backgrounds, galvanised or stainless steel tying
wire may be used. Ensure the wire material matches the bead and lath materials. All wire should be
twisted tightly and the ends bent away from the finished face of the coating. (For lath fixing details
refer to DML and RBL sections of catalogue).

• Avoid damage to beads when trowelling plaster or render.

113
Bead & Mesh

PSB/PEB/MVB/ERS
PEB Edge Beads Edge Beads

PLASTERING AND RENDERING MADE SIMPLE. PSB Plaster Stop Bead (Mesh Wing)

• Products simply fixed with plaster dabs or nails.


• Edges, arrises, corners, joints and abutments all easier to form.
• Designed to minimise potential chipping, cracking and associated damage.

PLASTER STOP BEAD (65mm Mesh Wing)


• Provides a neat finish plaster/render edge wherever required.
• Numerous applications internally and externally including those at openings, abutment of walls and
for ceiling finishes.

THIN COAT PLASTER STOP BEAD (30mm Perforated Wing)


• Provides a neat finished thin coat plaster edge wherever required.
• Numerous applications internally including those at openings, abutment of walls and for ceiling
finishes.
PSB Thin Coat Plaster Stop Bead
MOVEMENT BEAD (140mm overall width, 65mm wing) (Perforated Wing)
• Movement Bead consists of two lengths of Stop Bead linked with a white PVC extrusion.
• Allows +/-3mm differential expansion or settlement movement between adjoining surfaces.

EXTERNAL RENDER STOP BEAD (16mm-19mm Render Depth, 45mm Wing)


• Designed to provide an aesthetic, enhanced weathering detail.
• Provides reinforcement to resist impact damage.
• Use galvanised steel for average/sheltered conditions.
• Use stainless steel for exposed conditions.

PLASTERBOARD EDGE BEAD (25mm Wing)


• Provides reinforcement for plasterboard edges.
• Suitable for 9.5mm or 12.5mm plasterboard.

MATERIAL:
0.45mm Stainless Steel
0.45mm Pre-Galvanised Steel MVB Movement Bead

INSTALLATION:
Edge beads may be fixed by dabs or by masonry nails of similar material.

Plasterboard Edge Bead: Fix the perforated wing flush to the board face before applying final skim
coat. The bead may be reversed if required by fixing the wing to the board’s inner surface.

Model No.
Dimensions
Galvanised Stainless Steel

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


Thin Coat Perforated Stop Bead
PSB0324 3mm x 2.4m
PSB0330 3mm x 3.0m
ERS External Render Stop Bead
PSB0624 6mm x 2.4m
PSB0630 6mm x 3.0m
Plaster Stop Bead (Mesh Wing)
PSB1024 - 10mm x 240m
PSB1030 PSB1030S 10mm x 3.0m
PSB1324 - 13mm x 2.4m
PSB1330 PSB1330S 13mm x 3.0m
Bead & Mesh

PSB1624 - 16mm x 2.4m


PSB1630 PSB1630S 16mm x 3.0m
PSB1930 PSB1930S 19mm x 3.0m
Plasterboard Edge Bead
PEB1030 - 9.5mm x 3.0m
PEB1330 - 12.5mm x 3.0m PEB Plasterboard Edge Bead
Movement Bead
MVB1030 - 10mm x 3.0m
MVB1330 - 13mm x 3.0m
MVB1630 MVB1630S 16mm x 3.0m
Bell Render Stop
ERS24 - 2.4m
ERS30 ERS30S 3.0m

114
Bead & Mesh

PEB
SAB/TCB/MMB
Edge Beads Corner Beads

PLASTERING AND RENDERING MADE SIMPLE. SAB Angle Bead


• Products simply fixed with plaster dabs or nails.
• Edges, arrises, corners, joints and abutments all easier to form.
• Designed to minimise potential chipping, cracking and associated damage.

ANGLE BEAD (45mm Wing, 13mm Plaster Depth)


• Helps for a true, straight arris
• Designed to prevent chipping and cracking to vulnerable corners.
• Use with two coat plaster application.

THIN COAT BEAD (25mm Wing, 3mm Plaster Depth)


• Designed for use with one coat plaster work down to a 3mm finish.
• Fine mesh wings to provide an excellent plastering key.

MATERIAL:
TCB Thin Coat Bead
0.45mm Stainless Steel
0.45mm Pre-Galvanised Steel

INSTALLATION: Installation usually achieved by pressing the wings firmly into plaster dabs placed at
approximately 600mm centres both sides of the arris. The wings may alternatively be embedded into the
first coat of plaster for normal two-coat work. Alignment of butt joints may be assisted by the application
of headless nails or wire of similar material within the nosing, and fixing to metal lathing may also be made
with wire of similar material. Beads may be cut to size as required by using a hacksaw and snips. Beads
should be stored off the ground and in dry conditions during site work.

Model No.
Length
Galvanised Stainless Steel
MMB Mini Mesh Bead
Angle Bead
SAB24 - 2.4 Please note: where SAB is
SAB24W SAB24SW 2.4 required with 53mm flange,
model numbers suffixed “W”
SAB30 SAB30S 3.0 ie. SAB24W are applicable.
SAB30W SAB30SW 3.0
Wide Wing (WW) versions
Thin Coat Bead of TCB24 and TCB30 are also
TCB24 - 2.4 available).
TCB30 - 3.0
Mini Mesh Bead
MMB24 - 2.4
MMB30 - 3.0
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Bead & Mesh

CBR Masonry Reinforcement Mesh

PROVIDE ADDED STRENGTH AND STABILITY.


• Galvanised or stainless steel finish.
• Assists resistance to tensile stresses where settlement occurs. Easily incorporated into mortar
course, coiled for ease of handing.

MATERIAL:
0.45mm stainless Steel; 0.45mm pre-galvanised Steel
Bead & Mesh

INSTALLATION: All metal components used in any particular application must be of the same material
type. Gloves should be worn to protect hands from sharp metal edges.
Position the mesh within the masonry bed joints, providing a minimum of 25mm cover to external faces.
Overlap by a minimum of 75mm if joining two lengths together. The mesh can be laid every third
brickwork course for most reinforcement.
CBR Masonry
Reinforcement Mesh
Model No.
Dimensions Primarily used to resist local
Galvanised Stainless Steel cracking under and over
wall openings.
CBR2063 CBR2063S 63mm x 20m
CBR20112 CBR20112S 112mm x 20m
CBR20175 CBR20175S 175mm x 20m
CBR20228 CBR20228S 228mm x 20m
CBR20305 - 305mm x 20m

115
Bead & Mesh

DML
PEB Edge
Expanded
BeadsMetal Lathing

IDEAL FOR USE AS A GENERAL REINFORCEMENT MESH. DML Expanded Metal Lathing

DML Expanded Metal Lathing is widely used as a backing to help prevent cracks occurring
where different materials meet. Complies to BS 1369:Part 1: 1987 Specification for Expanded
Metal Lathing.

MATERIAL:
Pre-galvanised Mild Steel
Stainless Steel
26 gauge: 2.25 Ibs per square yard (1.22 Kg per square metre).

FINISH: Galvanised or stainless steel.

INSTALLATION:
All metal components used in any particular application must be of the same material type. Expanded Metal Lathing
Gloves should be worn to protect hands from sharp metal edges.

Fix with the mesh length running across the supports (at max 350mm centres) with strand
sloping downwards and away from the face of the coating.

Timber: Using 7mm headed plasterers nails 38mm long, or 32 x 2mm staples, fix to each
support starting from the centre of sheet. Angle fixings away from the centre to give the lath the
necessary tension.

Steel: Bend 1.2mm tying wire into long “U”shapes and tie lath at 100mm centres by pulling
tight and twisting. When cutting wire ends, ensure that they are not left near the surface of the Fixing installed at an angle to
plaster. Sheet ends should be overlapped by 50mm on supports and wired together at 150mm give necessary tension.
centres. Sheet sides should be overlapped by a minimum of 25mm and wired together at
150mm centres.

Model No.
Dimensions (mm)
Galvanised Stainless Steel

DML26 DML26S 2400 x 700 x 0.45

End laps
should lap 50mm Fixing to supports
on supports. should be at
100mm centers.

General Fixing

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


Information for
End laps
should be 100mm Fixing to Metal /
wired
together
Timber Supports
at 150mm
intervals

25mm

Fixing Expanded
Metal Lathing to Solid
Bead & Mesh

Backgrounds

Side laps should be not less than


25mm and should be wired
together at 150mm intervals.

116
Bead & Mesh

PEB
RBL Rib
EdgeLath
Beads

PLASTER BACKING FOR WALLS, CEILINGS AND PARTITIONS


RBL Rib Lath provides plaster backing and is also suitable for the refurbishing of damaged or
deteriorated face of masonry walls.

MATERIAL: RBL Rib Lath


Pre-galvanised Mild Steel
Stainless Steel
FINISH: Galvanised or stainless steel.

INSTALLATION:
All metal components used in any particular application must be of the same material type.
Gloves should be worn to protect hands from sharp metal edges.

Fixing of lath should follow BS 5492: 1990 Code of practice for Internal Plastering and
BS 5262: 1991 Code of practice for External Rendering.

The apex of rib lath should always be in contact with the fixing background.

FIXING TO METAL OR TIMBER SUPPORTS: Available in galvanised or


Timber: Use 38 x 7mm plasterer’s nails or 32 x 2mm staples to fix with ribs running stainless steel finish.
at 90° to timber studs which should be at a maximum 600mm centres.

Metal: Use 1.63mm or two strands of 1.22mm galvanised mild steel wire to tie May be fixed to metal or timber
around the rib where it crosses each steel stud. Steel studs should be at maximum supports.
600mm centres.
Fully compliant with BS 5492
To join sheets of Rib Lath, the edge ribs should be overlapped and the edges tied at and BS 5262.
150mm centres with 1.22mm tying wire. Where the ends of the lathing finish in front
of a support, overlap by 50mm, otherwise sheets should be overlapped by 100mm
with two 1.63mm ties used with each overlapping rib.

Fixing to solid backgrounds: The ribs of the lath should be held firmly against the
background by the use of fixings placed at 600 mm centres. End edges should be overlapped by
50mm, side edges by 25mm and tied or screwed at 150mm centres.

Model No. Material Sheet


Dimensions (mm) Weight Weight
Galvanised Stainless Steel (Kg/m2) (Kg)

RBL4 RBL4S 2460 x 600 x 0.4 1.84 3.22


Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Fixing RBL to Timber Supports Fixing RBL to Timber Supports Fixing RBL to Metal Supports
using 38mm Staple using 38mm Nail using Wire Tie
Bead & Mesh

117
Bead & Mesh

WP/COR/AM/CP/ESP/BSP
PEB Edge Beads Arch Formers

A HIGH QUALITY YET COST EFFECTIVE SOLUTION TO


CREATING INTERNAL ARCHES IN MASONRY WALLS. Archformer installation where new
opening is being created.
MATERIAL:
Pre-galvanised Mild Steel

INSTALLATION: Arch formers are non-load bearing. If creating a new opening a lintel will be
necessary.

Selection: Measure the brick to brick width and thickness of gap. If necessary, cut arch using
snips and a hacksaw or use a bridging section (ref BSP450). If wall thickness exceeds 150mm,
select extra Soffit Piece (ref ESP295) for wall thickness up to 400mm.

Fixing: Remove plaster down to brickwork and mark centre point of the gap on both sides.
Nail arch segments into place using, masonry nails provided, connecting beads at centre with
joining pieces supplied.
Suits wall thickness of 90mm to
If provided, fit Soffit pieces between segments with screws, nails and joining pieces.
150mm without cutting.
For walls of thickness less than 150mm join overlapping fixed soffits with self-tapping screws
provided. For walls thicker than 150mm use extra soffit piece (ref ESP295) in the same way as Solid bead for durability and
above. ease of plastering.
To adapt an arch to fit between two parallel walls, cut and use wooden battens as shown in the
illustration on the right. Wide variety of styles and sizes
available.
Plastering: When the arch frame is fully secured to the wall, use standard angle bead
on vertical corners as usual and apply plaster directly to the mesh. Fixings and instructions
included.

Pre-Formed Archformer Installation Guide

Step 1: Measure the width of the Step 2: Fix to the brickwork with Step 3: Use the connecting dowel Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.
opening and the wall thickness, then the fixings included in the pack. supplied to join the bead of each
choose the Archformer style in the section together.
size you need.
Bead & Mesh

Step 4: Join the soffit pieces Step 5: Simply plaster or render the
together with the fixings provided. Archformer using the bead edge as a
guide to the perfect finish.

118
Bead & Mesh

PEB
WP/COR/AM/CP/ESP/BSP
Edge Beads Arch Formers

WARWICK SEMI-CIRCLE

Warwick Semi-Circle

R
Model No Width (mm) Rise (mm)

WP0750 750 375 W

WP0800 800 400


WP0850 850 425
WP0900 900 450
WP1000 1000 500
WP1200 1200 600
WP1500 1500 750

SEMI-CIRCLE CORNERS

Semi-Circle Corners

R
Model No Width (mm) Rise (mm)
W
COR0750 375 375

ARCHMAKE SEMI-CIRCLE

Archmake Semi-Circle
R
Model No Width (mm) Rise (mm)
W
AM0750 75-1200 375

CLASSIC OVAL

Classic Oval
R
W
Model No Width (mm) Rise (mm)

CP1050 1050 265


CP1200 1200 280
CP1500 1500 330
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

CP1800 1800 375


CP2400 2400 375

EXTRA SOFFIT PIECE

Extra Soffit Piece

Model No Dimensions

ESP295 295mm x 1220mm for walls thicker than 150mm


Bead & Mesh

BRIDGING SECTION

Bridging Section

Model No Dimensions

Extends the span of Warwick and Classic arches by


BSP450
450mm max

119
Miscellaneous

SPA Sole Plate Anchor

VERSATILE ANCHOR TO
ATTACH TIMBER SOLE PLATES
TO CONCRETE FOUNDATIONS. SPA Sole Plate Anchor

INSTALLATION:

• Fasteners can be located where suitable.


• The SPA is laid on top of the dpc, lined up and
shotfired to the concrete base.
• The timber is then laid down and secured with nails
throughout the upright flange of the anchor.

MATERIAL:

1.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel.


Typical SPA Installation

Miscellaneous

NS Nail Stoppers

PREVENT NAILS FROM


PIERCING WATER PIPES AND
ELECTRICAL CABLES.
NS Nail Stopper
INSTALLATION:

• Installs over utilities passing through timber studs.


• Use specified fasteners.
Typical NS Installation

MATERIAL:

1.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

Model No Length (mm) Fastners *

NS1 75 2 - 3.75 x 30
NS2 150 2 - 3.75 x 30

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


* Square Twist Nail

Miscellaneous

SPWG Square Plate Washers

MATERIAL:

1.5mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

Model No Dimensions (mm) Bolt Size


Miscellaneous

SPWG 50 x 50 x 2.5 M12

SPWG
Square Plate Washer

120
Miscellaneous

1ARB Arrisrail Fencing Products

THE 1ARB IS A 300MM LONG ARRISRAIL


BRACKET FOR CONNECTING ARRISRAILS
TO WOODEN POSTS. SUITABLE FOR USE ON
75MM ARRISRAILS.
MATERIAL:

0.8mm pre-galvanised mild steel to BS EN 10327:2004 DX51D+Z275

1ARBGAL

300 mm 1ARMAGAL Bracket

Miscellaneous

HI Scrolled Hip Iron


MATERIAL:

0.8mm pre-galvanised mild steel.


25
FINISH:
150
Material
Hot-dip galvanised. Model No
Thickness
300
HI3 3mm
HI4 4mm
HI5 5mm

Miscellaneous

CLIP Wall Panel Clips

Allows hidden nailing for paneling. Includes nails.

MATERIAL:

Pre-galvanised mild steel.


Model No Dimensions
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

CLIP2/250 2mm
W
CLIP3/250 3mm

CLIP Installed

Miscellaneous

MP Mending Plate

EASY TO USE CONNECTOR FOR TIMBER L


SPLICES, NO NAILS REQUIRED. FOR NON-
M
EN

STRUCTURAL APPLICATIONS ONLY; NOT


NO

DI
NG
T
FO

Miscellaneous
PL

FOR TRUSS APPLICATIONS.


R

AT
TR
US

W
SE
S

MATERIAL:

Dimensions
Model No
Width (mm) Length (mm) MP Installed
MENDING PLATE
NOT FOR TRUSSES

MP14 25 100
MP24 50 100
MP36 75 150

121
129-150

You might be interested to learn that every box of Simpson Strong-Tie hangers comes with access to our
dedicated Training Academy. That’s because we believe correct specification of hangers is just as
important as correct supply.

We were the first connector company to offer CPD approved material. Over the last three years we’ve

Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.


trained more designers, production staff, architects and engineers than the rest of the connector suppliers
put together. And to this day we continue to run more courses than the competition combined.
It’s yet another example of our Dedicated Support for the Engineered Timber industry.

Our dedicated team of professionals are constantly working to provide you with new products and services
that help you build faster, safer and more profitably.

See what our Dedicated Support can do for your business.

www.strongtie.co.uk/training

122
Getting Fast Technical Support
For the best technical support and practical advice, contact our Technical Support Team.
To help us to help you, try and have the following information to hand: 129-150

• Which Simpson product are you using?

• What is your load requirement?

• What is the carried member’s width and height?

• What is the supporting member’s width and height?

• What is the supporting member’s material and application?

Call +44(0)1827 255600 or Fax +44(0)1827 225616

Visit us at
www.strongtie.co.uk
Catalogue C-UK08 © 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Technical Info On-line Service

• Product Information. • Order Literature and CD’s.

• Technical Bulletins. • Request Technical and Sales Support.

• Installation Videos. • Request details of nearest


Simpson Stong-Tie distributor.
• Register for Training.
• Register for Training.

123
Simpson Strong-Tie Manufacturing and Distribution Plant

Simpson Strong-Tie Distribution Plant


50%

SIMPSON STRONG-TIE U.K.


Winchester Road
Cert no. SGS-COC-003231
Cardinal Point
Tamworth
Staffordshire This catalogue has been produced using
B78 3HG a combination of recycled wood or fibre
and material obtained from well
managed renewable sources.
Tel: +44 (0)1827 255600
Fax: +44 (0)1827 255616 Catalogue C-UK08 Effective 01/01/2008

www.strongtie.co.uk

Scotland France Denmark Germany Head Office


Simpson Strong-Tie Simpson Strong-Tie SAS Simpson Strong-Tie A/S Simpson Strong-Tie GmbH Simpson Strong-Tie Inc
Unit 6 Macintosh Road ZAC des 4 Chemins Hedegaardsvej 11 Riederhofstrabe 27 PO Box 10789
Kirkton Campus 85400 Sainte Gemme La Plaine Boulstrup D - 60134 Frankfurt Pleasanton
Livingstone DK - 8300 Odder CA 94588
EH54 7BW

Tel: +44 (0)1827 255600 Tel: +33 2 51 28 44 00 Tel: +45 87 81 74 00 Tel: +49 69 67 737 89 00 Tel: +1 925 560 9000
Fax: +44 (0)1827 255616 Fax: +33 2 51 28 44 01 Fax: +45 87 81 74 09 Fax: +49 69 67 737 89 69 Fax: +1 925 847 1597

You might also like